3D-printing/Configurations
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Configurations.git synced 2026-02-08 01:00:59 -07:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity Actions

Examples Customizations

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
GitHub Actions 2026-01-23 04:25:59 +00:00
parent 86bcdf9523
commit eca0861c4e
820 changed files with 43726 additions and 42956 deletions
Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

164
config/examples/Two Trees/BlueR Plus/Configuration.h
View file

@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/BlueR Plus"
/**
* Configuration.h
*
@ -61,14 +63,14 @@
// @section info
// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MarlinFirmware)" // Original author or contributor.
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(ils15, BlueR Plus)" // Original author or contributor.
//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
// @section machine
// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO
#endif
// @section serial
@ -81,7 +83,7 @@
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
#define SERIAL_PORT 3
/**
* Serial Port Baud Rate
@ -103,7 +105,7 @@
* Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards.
* :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1
//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
/**
@ -135,7 +137,7 @@
//#define BLUETOOTH
// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Two Trees BlueR Plus"
//#define CONFIGURABLE_MACHINE_NAME // Add G-code M550 to set/report the machine name
// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
@ -159,9 +161,9 @@
* TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC2240', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -173,7 +175,7 @@
//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -686,7 +688,7 @@
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
#define BED_MAXTEMP 120
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
/**
@ -728,13 +730,14 @@
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 }
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 11.03, 11.03 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 0.63, 0.63 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 48.43, 48.43 }
#else
#define DEFAULT_KP 22.20
#define DEFAULT_KI 1.08
#define DEFAULT_KD 114.00
// Bluer
#define DEFAULT_KP 24.6
#define DEFAULT_KI 2.90
#define DEFAULT_KD 52.3
#endif
#else
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
@ -823,7 +826,7 @@
*
* With this option disabled, bang-bang will be used. BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING enables hysteresis.
*/
//#define PIDTEMPBED
#define PIDTEMPBED
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
//#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 // Min power to improve PID stability (0..MAX_BED_POWER).
@ -832,9 +835,9 @@
// 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
// from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 10.00
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 0.023
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 305.4
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 60.1
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 8.07
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 298.9
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#else
@ -931,8 +934,8 @@
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#endif
// @section safety
@ -952,7 +955,7 @@
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
*/
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 600
//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
@ -1277,12 +1280,12 @@
* Endstop "Hit" State
* Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop.
*/
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
@ -1343,7 +1346,7 @@
* Override with M92 (when enabled below)
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 500 }
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 400, 415 }
/**
* Enable support for M92. Disable to save at least ~530 bytes of flash.
@ -1355,7 +1358,7 @@
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 10, 50 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
@ -1383,9 +1386,9 @@
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 750 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
/**
* Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
@ -1424,7 +1427,7 @@
* https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
*/
#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.3 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle
// for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°).
#endif
@ -1437,7 +1440,7 @@
*
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
*/
//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#if ENABLED(S_CURVE_ACCELERATION)
// Define to use 4th instead of 6th order motion curve
//#define S_CURVE_FACTOR 0.25 // Initial and final acceleration factor, ideally 0.1 to 0.4.
@ -1458,7 +1461,7 @@
* The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing.
* (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.)
*/
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing
//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING
@ -1518,7 +1521,8 @@
/**
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH
#define BLTOUCH
/**
* MagLev V4 probe by MDD
@ -1707,7 +1711,7 @@
* | [-] |
* O-- FRONT --+
*/
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } // (mm) X, Y, Z distance from Nozzle tip to Probe trigger-point
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 18, 28.5, -2.8 } // (mm) X, Y, Z distance from Nozzle tip to Probe trigger-point
// Enable and set to use a specific tool for probing. Disable to allow any tool.
#define PROBING_TOOL 0
@ -1719,7 +1723,7 @@
// Most probes should stay away from the edges of the bed, but
// with NOZZLE_AS_PROBE this can be negative for a wider probing area.
#define PROBING_MARGIN 10
#define PROBING_MARGIN 15
// X and Y axis travel speed between probes.
// Leave undefined to use the average of the current XY homing feedrate.
@ -1880,7 +1884,7 @@
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
//#define INVERT_I_DIR false
//#define INVERT_J_DIR false
//#define INVERT_K_DIR false
@ -1889,7 +1893,8 @@
//#define INVERT_W_DIR false
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
@ -1910,7 +1915,7 @@
*/
//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS
//#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
// You'll need this much clearance above Z_MAX_POS to avoid grinding.
//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)
@ -1920,9 +1925,9 @@
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
//#define I_HOME_DIR -1
//#define J_HOME_DIR -1
//#define K_HOME_DIR -1
@ -1948,16 +1953,16 @@
// @section geometry
// The size of the printable area
#define X_BED_SIZE 200
#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
#define X_BED_SIZE 300
#define Y_BED_SIZE 300
// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MIN_POS -2
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
#define Z_MAX_POS 400
//#define I_MIN_POS 0
//#define I_MAX_POS 50
//#define J_MIN_POS 0
@ -2009,7 +2014,7 @@
#endif
#if ANY(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#endif
/**
@ -2027,7 +2032,7 @@
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
#define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500.
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
@ -2173,9 +2178,8 @@
*/
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
/**
* Commands to execute at the start of G29 probing,
@ -2194,7 +2198,7 @@
* these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable
* leveling immediately after G28.
*/
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
/**
@ -2272,13 +2276,13 @@
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
//
// Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
//
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
@ -2336,7 +2340,7 @@
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define MESH_INSET 15 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
@ -2348,22 +2352,22 @@
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
*/
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
//#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING)
#define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
#define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at tramming points
#define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points
//#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
#define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 10 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points
#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
//#define BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE
#if ENABLED(BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE)
#define BED_TRAMMING_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 // (mm)
@ -2415,7 +2419,8 @@
* - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted.
* - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing.
*/
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // (mm) X point for Z homing
@ -2505,7 +2510,7 @@
* M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
* M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
*/
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash.
#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
@ -2544,7 +2549,7 @@
// Preheat Constants - Up to 10 are supported without changes
//
#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
@ -2568,7 +2573,7 @@
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
*/
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
@ -2704,7 +2709,7 @@
*
* View the current statistics with M78.
*/
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
#define PRINTCOUNTER
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
#define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print. A value of 0 will save stats at end of print.
#endif
@ -2750,7 +2755,7 @@
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*/
//#define SDSUPPORT
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
@ -2877,7 +2882,7 @@
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU
//
@ -3443,7 +3448,7 @@
//
// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43
#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT43
//
// 320x240, 3.2", FSMC Display From MKS
@ -3497,12 +3502,12 @@
#define TFT_DRIVER AUTO
// Interface. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI
// TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_RES_320x240
//#define TFT_RES_480x272
#define TFT_RES_480x272
//#define TFT_RES_480x320
//#define TFT_RES_1024x600
#endif
@ -3518,7 +3523,7 @@
* root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware.
*/
//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI
//#define TFT_COLOR_UI
#define TFT_COLOR_UI
//#define TFT_LVGL_UI
#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
@ -3561,7 +3566,7 @@
*
* :{ 'TFT_NO_ROTATION':'None', 'TFT_ROTATE_90':'90°', 'TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X':'90° (Mirror X)', 'TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y':'90° (Mirror Y)', 'TFT_ROTATE_180':'180°', 'TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X':'180° (Mirror X)', 'TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y':'180° (Mirror Y)', 'TFT_ROTATE_270':'270°', 'TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X':'270° (Mirror X)', 'TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y':'270° (Mirror Y)', 'TFT_MIRROR_X':'Mirror X', 'TFT_MIRROR_Y':'Mirror Y' }
*/
//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION
#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_ROTATE_180
//=============================================================================
//============================ Other Controllers ============================
@ -3584,7 +3589,7 @@
//
// Touch Screen Settings
//
//#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN)
#define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
#define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
@ -3595,10 +3600,11 @@
#define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION
//#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316
//#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981
//#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43
//#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257
// XPT2046 Touch Screen calibration
#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 16128
#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y 10841
#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -13
#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y -36
//#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE
#if ALL(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS)

68
config/examples/Two Trees/BlueR Plus/Configuration_adv.h
View file

@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/BlueR Plus"
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
@ -339,8 +341,8 @@
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
*/
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED && ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C)
/**
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
@ -473,11 +475,6 @@
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KF_LIST { DEFAULT_KF, DEFAULT_KF }
#endif
#endif
/**
@ -561,9 +558,9 @@
* Hotend Idle Timeout
* Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
*/
//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (15*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout
#define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout
@ -699,7 +696,7 @@
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
*/
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
@ -949,7 +946,7 @@
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing
//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa
//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe).
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
@ -1620,7 +1617,7 @@
#endif
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
//#define BUILD_INFO_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item to display the build date and time
@ -1857,9 +1854,9 @@
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
* point in the file.
*/
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
#define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power-Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
#define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Power-Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
//#define PLR_HEAT_BED_ON_REBOOT // Heat up bed immediately on reboot to mitigate object detaching/warping.
//#define PLR_HEAT_BED_EXTRA 0 // (°C) Relative increase of bed temperature for better adhesion (limited by max temp).
//#define PLR_BED_THRESHOLD BED_MAXTEMP // (°C) Skip user confirmation at or above this bed temperature (0 to disable)
@ -1915,21 +1912,17 @@
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES)
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
#endif
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#endif
// Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
@ -2392,7 +2385,7 @@
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define EP_BABYSTEPPING // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
@ -2415,8 +2408,7 @@
//#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
//#define BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z // Combine M424 Z and Babystepping
#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#if ANY(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z)
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
@ -3052,14 +3044,14 @@
*
* Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.
*/
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
@ -3068,7 +3060,7 @@
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
@ -3092,10 +3084,10 @@
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.
//#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#define CONFIGURE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Add M603 G-code and menu items. Requires ~1.3K bytes of flash.
#endif
@ -3482,7 +3474,7 @@
* Define your own with:
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
*/
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below)
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V // All axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below)

187
config/examples/Two Trees/BlueR/BlueR V1/Configuration.h
View file

@ -21,6 +21,11 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/BlueR/BlueR V1"
//#define BLUER_TMC2209 // Enable for the TMC2209 driver version
//#define BLUER_BLTOUCH // Enable if you want to use BLTOUCH
/**
* Configuration.h
*
@ -61,14 +66,14 @@
// @section info
// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MarlinFirmware)" // Original author or contributor.
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(ils15, BlueR)" // Original author or contributor.
//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
// @section machine
// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO
#endif
// @section serial
@ -81,7 +86,7 @@
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
#define SERIAL_PORT 3
/**
* Serial Port Baud Rate
@ -103,7 +108,7 @@
* Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards.
* :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1
//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
/**
@ -135,7 +140,7 @@
//#define BLUETOOTH
// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Two Trees BlueR"
//#define CONFIGURABLE_MACHINE_NAME // Add G-code M550 to set/report the machine name
// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
@ -159,9 +164,15 @@
* TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC2240', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#if ENABLED(BLUER_TMC2209)
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#else
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#endif
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -173,7 +184,11 @@
//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#if ENABLED(BLUER_TMC2209)
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#else
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#endif
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -686,7 +701,7 @@
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
#define BED_MAXTEMP 120
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
/**
@ -728,13 +743,14 @@
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 }
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 11.03, 11.03 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 0.63, 0.63 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 48.43, 48.43 }
#else
#define DEFAULT_KP 22.20
#define DEFAULT_KI 1.08
#define DEFAULT_KD 114.00
// Bluer
#define DEFAULT_KP 15.72
#define DEFAULT_KI 1.24
#define DEFAULT_KD 49.77
#endif
#else
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
@ -823,7 +839,7 @@
*
* With this option disabled, bang-bang will be used. BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING enables hysteresis.
*/
//#define PIDTEMPBED
#define PIDTEMPBED
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
//#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 // Min power to improve PID stability (0..MAX_BED_POWER).
@ -832,9 +848,10 @@
// 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
// from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 10.00
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 0.023
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 305.4
//BlueR PID Settings
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 66.39
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 12.94
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 227.14
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#else
@ -931,8 +948,8 @@
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#endif
// @section safety
@ -952,7 +969,7 @@
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
*/
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 500
//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
@ -1277,12 +1294,12 @@
* Endstop "Hit" State
* Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop.
*/
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
@ -1295,7 +1312,7 @@
#define V_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define W_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define W_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE TERN(BLUER_BLTOUCH, HIGH, LOW)
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
@ -1343,7 +1360,7 @@
* Override with M92 (when enabled below)
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 500 }
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 93 }
/**
* Enable support for M92. Disable to save at least ~530 bytes of flash.
@ -1355,7 +1372,7 @@
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 10, 50 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
@ -1383,9 +1400,9 @@
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 750 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
/**
* Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
@ -1424,7 +1441,7 @@
* https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
*/
#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.3 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle
// for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°).
#endif
@ -1437,7 +1454,7 @@
*
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
*/
//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#if ENABLED(S_CURVE_ACCELERATION)
// Define to use 4th instead of 6th order motion curve
//#define S_CURVE_FACTOR 0.25 // Initial and final acceleration factor, ideally 0.1 to 0.4.
@ -1458,7 +1475,9 @@
* The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing.
* (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.)
*/
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
#endif
// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing
//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING
@ -1518,7 +1537,9 @@
/**
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define BLTOUCH
#endif
/**
* MagLev V4 probe by MDD
@ -1879,8 +1900,12 @@
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
#if ENABLED(BLUER_TMC2209)
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
#else
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
#endif
//#define INVERT_I_DIR false
//#define INVERT_J_DIR false
//#define INVERT_K_DIR false
@ -1889,7 +1914,11 @@
//#define INVERT_W_DIR false
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#if ENABLED(BLUER_TMC2209)
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#else
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
#endif
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
@ -1910,7 +1939,7 @@
*/
//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS
//#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
// You'll need this much clearance above Z_MAX_POS to avoid grinding.
//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)
@ -1920,9 +1949,9 @@
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
//#define I_HOME_DIR -1
//#define J_HOME_DIR -1
//#define K_HOME_DIR -1
@ -1948,16 +1977,16 @@
// @section geometry
// The size of the printable area
#define X_BED_SIZE 200
#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
#define X_BED_SIZE 235
#define Y_BED_SIZE 235
// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MIN_POS -5
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
#define Z_MAX_POS 280
//#define I_MIN_POS 0
//#define I_MAX_POS 50
//#define J_MIN_POS 0
@ -2009,7 +2038,7 @@
#endif
#if ANY(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#endif
/**
@ -2027,7 +2056,7 @@
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
#define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500.
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
@ -2173,10 +2202,12 @@
*/
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
#else
#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
#endif
/**
* Commands to execute at the start of G29 probing,
* after switching to the PROBING_TOOL.
@ -2194,7 +2225,7 @@
* these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable
* leveling immediately after G28.
*/
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
/**
@ -2336,7 +2367,7 @@
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define MESH_INSET 15 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
@ -2348,22 +2379,22 @@
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
*/
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
//#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING)
#define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
#define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at tramming points
#define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points
//#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
#define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 10 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points
#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
//#define BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE
#if ENABLED(BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE)
#define BED_TRAMMING_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 // (mm)
@ -2415,7 +2446,9 @@
* - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted.
* - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing.
*/
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#endif
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // (mm) X point for Z homing
@ -2505,7 +2538,7 @@
* M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
* M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
*/
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash.
#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
@ -2568,7 +2601,7 @@
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
*/
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
@ -2704,7 +2737,7 @@
*
* View the current statistics with M78.
*/
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
#define PRINTCOUNTER
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
#define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print. A value of 0 will save stats at end of print.
#endif
@ -2750,7 +2783,7 @@
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*/
//#define SDSUPPORT
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
@ -2877,7 +2910,7 @@
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU
//
@ -3438,7 +3471,7 @@
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
//
// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS
@ -3497,13 +3530,13 @@
#define TFT_DRIVER AUTO
// Interface. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI
// TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_RES_320x240
//#define TFT_RES_480x272
//#define TFT_RES_480x320
#define TFT_RES_480x320
//#define TFT_RES_1024x600
#endif
@ -3518,7 +3551,7 @@
* root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware.
*/
//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI
//#define TFT_COLOR_UI
#define TFT_COLOR_UI
//#define TFT_LVGL_UI
#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
@ -3584,7 +3617,7 @@
//
// Touch Screen Settings
//
//#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN)
#define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
#define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
@ -3595,10 +3628,10 @@
#define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION
//#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316
//#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981
//#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43
//#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257
#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 17880
#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -12234
#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -45
#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 349
//#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE
#if ALL(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS)

68
config/examples/Two Trees/BlueR/BlueR V1/Configuration_adv.h
View file

@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/BlueR/BlueR V1"
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
@ -339,8 +341,8 @@
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
*/
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED && ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C)
/**
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
@ -473,11 +475,6 @@
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KF_LIST { DEFAULT_KF, DEFAULT_KF }
#endif
#endif
/**
@ -561,9 +558,9 @@
* Hotend Idle Timeout
* Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
*/
//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (15*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout
#define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout
@ -699,7 +696,7 @@
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
*/
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
@ -949,7 +946,7 @@
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing
//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa
//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe).
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
@ -1620,7 +1617,7 @@
#endif
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
//#define BUILD_INFO_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item to display the build date and time
@ -1857,7 +1854,7 @@
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
* point in the file.
*/
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
#define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power-Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
//#define PLR_HEAT_BED_ON_REBOOT // Heat up bed immediately on reboot to mitigate object detaching/warping.
@ -1915,21 +1912,17 @@
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES)
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
#endif
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#endif
// Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
@ -2392,7 +2385,7 @@
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define EP_BABYSTEPPING // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
@ -2415,8 +2408,9 @@
//#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
//#define BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z // Combine M424 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#endif
#if ANY(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z)
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
@ -3052,14 +3046,14 @@
*
* Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.
*/
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
@ -3068,7 +3062,7 @@
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
@ -3092,10 +3086,10 @@
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.
//#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#define CONFIGURE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Add M603 G-code and menu items. Requires ~1.3K bytes of flash.
#endif
@ -3482,7 +3476,7 @@
* Define your own with:
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
*/
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below)
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V // All axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below)

188
config/examples/Two Trees/BlueR/BlueR V2/Configuration.h
View file

@ -21,6 +21,12 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/BlueR/BlueR V2"
//#define BLUER_TMC2209 // Enable for the TMC2209 driver version
//#define BLUER_INVERTED_E // Enable if the extruder runs the wrong way
//#define BLUER_BLTOUCH // Enable if you want to use BLTOUCH
/**
* Configuration.h
*
@ -61,14 +67,14 @@
// @section info
// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MarlinFirmware)" // Original author or contributor.
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(ils15, BlueR)" // Original author or contributor.
//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
// @section machine
// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO
#endif
// @section serial
@ -81,7 +87,7 @@
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
#define SERIAL_PORT 3
/**
* Serial Port Baud Rate
@ -103,7 +109,7 @@
* Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards.
* :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1
//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
/**
@ -135,7 +141,7 @@
//#define BLUETOOTH
// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Two Trees BlueR"
//#define CONFIGURABLE_MACHINE_NAME // Add G-code M550 to set/report the machine name
// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
@ -159,9 +165,15 @@
* TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC2240', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#if ENABLED(BLUER_TMC2209)
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#else
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#endif
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -173,7 +185,11 @@
//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#if ENABLED(BLUER_TMC2209)
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#else
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#endif
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -686,7 +702,7 @@
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
#define BED_MAXTEMP 120
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
/**
@ -728,13 +744,14 @@
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 }
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 11.03, 11.03 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 0.63, 0.63 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 48.43, 48.43 }
#else
#define DEFAULT_KP 22.20
#define DEFAULT_KI 1.08
#define DEFAULT_KD 114.00
// Bluer
#define DEFAULT_KP 15.72
#define DEFAULT_KI 1.24
#define DEFAULT_KD 49.77
#endif
#else
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
@ -823,7 +840,7 @@
*
* With this option disabled, bang-bang will be used. BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING enables hysteresis.
*/
//#define PIDTEMPBED
#define PIDTEMPBED
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
//#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 // Min power to improve PID stability (0..MAX_BED_POWER).
@ -832,9 +849,10 @@
// 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
// from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 10.00
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 0.023
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 305.4
//BlueR PID Settings
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 66.39
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 12.94
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 227.14
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#else
@ -931,8 +949,8 @@
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#endif
// @section safety
@ -952,7 +970,7 @@
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
*/
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 500
//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
@ -1277,12 +1295,12 @@
* Endstop "Hit" State
* Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop.
*/
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
@ -1295,7 +1313,7 @@
#define V_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define W_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define W_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE TERN(BLUER_BLTOUCH, HIGH, LOW)
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
@ -1343,7 +1361,7 @@
* Override with M92 (when enabled below)
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 500 }
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 415 }
/**
* Enable support for M92. Disable to save at least ~530 bytes of flash.
@ -1355,7 +1373,7 @@
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 10, 50 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
@ -1383,9 +1401,9 @@
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 750 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
/**
* Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
@ -1424,7 +1442,7 @@
* https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
*/
#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.3 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle
// for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°).
#endif
@ -1437,7 +1455,7 @@
*
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
*/
//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#if ENABLED(S_CURVE_ACCELERATION)
// Define to use 4th instead of 6th order motion curve
//#define S_CURVE_FACTOR 0.25 // Initial and final acceleration factor, ideally 0.1 to 0.4.
@ -1458,7 +1476,9 @@
* The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing.
* (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.)
*/
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
#endif
// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing
//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING
@ -1518,7 +1538,9 @@
/**
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define BLTOUCH
#endif
/**
* MagLev V4 probe by MDD
@ -1879,8 +1901,12 @@
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
#if ENABLED(BLUER_TMC2209)
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
#else
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
#endif
//#define INVERT_I_DIR false
//#define INVERT_J_DIR false
//#define INVERT_K_DIR false
@ -1889,7 +1915,11 @@
//#define INVERT_W_DIR false
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#if ALL(BLUER_INVERTED_E, BLUER_TMC2209)
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#else
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
#endif
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
@ -1910,7 +1940,7 @@
*/
//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS
//#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
// You'll need this much clearance above Z_MAX_POS to avoid grinding.
//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)
@ -1920,9 +1950,9 @@
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
//#define I_HOME_DIR -1
//#define J_HOME_DIR -1
//#define K_HOME_DIR -1
@ -1948,16 +1978,16 @@
// @section geometry
// The size of the printable area
#define X_BED_SIZE 200
#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
#define X_BED_SIZE 235
#define Y_BED_SIZE 235
// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MIN_POS -5
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
#define Z_MAX_POS 280
//#define I_MIN_POS 0
//#define I_MAX_POS 50
//#define J_MIN_POS 0
@ -2009,7 +2039,7 @@
#endif
#if ANY(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#endif
/**
@ -2027,7 +2057,7 @@
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
#define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500.
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
@ -2173,10 +2203,12 @@
*/
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
#else
#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
#endif
/**
* Commands to execute at the start of G29 probing,
* after switching to the PROBING_TOOL.
@ -2194,7 +2226,7 @@
* these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable
* leveling immediately after G28.
*/
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
/**
@ -2336,7 +2368,7 @@
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define MESH_INSET 15 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
@ -2348,22 +2380,22 @@
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
*/
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
//#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING)
#define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
#define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at tramming points
#define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points
//#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
#define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 10 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points
#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
//#define BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE
#if ENABLED(BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE)
#define BED_TRAMMING_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 // (mm)
@ -2415,7 +2447,9 @@
* - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted.
* - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing.
*/
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#endif
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // (mm) X point for Z homing
@ -2505,7 +2539,7 @@
* M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
* M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
*/
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash.
#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
@ -2568,7 +2602,7 @@
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
*/
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
@ -2704,7 +2738,7 @@
*
* View the current statistics with M78.
*/
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
#define PRINTCOUNTER
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
#define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print. A value of 0 will save stats at end of print.
#endif
@ -2750,7 +2784,7 @@
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*/
//#define SDSUPPORT
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
@ -2877,7 +2911,7 @@
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU
//
@ -3438,7 +3472,7 @@
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
//
// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS
@ -3497,13 +3531,13 @@
#define TFT_DRIVER AUTO
// Interface. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI
// TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_RES_320x240
//#define TFT_RES_480x272
//#define TFT_RES_480x320
#define TFT_RES_480x320
//#define TFT_RES_1024x600
#endif
@ -3518,7 +3552,7 @@
* root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware.
*/
//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI
//#define TFT_COLOR_UI
#define TFT_COLOR_UI
//#define TFT_LVGL_UI
#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
@ -3584,7 +3618,7 @@
//
// Touch Screen Settings
//
//#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN)
#define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
#define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
@ -3595,10 +3629,10 @@
#define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION
//#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316
//#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981
//#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43
//#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257
#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 17880
#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -12234
#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -45
#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 349
//#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE
#if ALL(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS)

68
config/examples/Two Trees/BlueR/BlueR V2/Configuration_adv.h
View file

@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/BlueR/BlueR V2"
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
@ -339,8 +341,8 @@
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
*/
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED && ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C)
/**
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
@ -473,11 +475,6 @@
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KF_LIST { DEFAULT_KF, DEFAULT_KF }
#endif
#endif
/**
@ -561,9 +558,9 @@
* Hotend Idle Timeout
* Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
*/
//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (15*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout
#define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout
@ -699,7 +696,7 @@
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
*/
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
@ -949,7 +946,7 @@
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing
//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa
//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe).
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
@ -1620,7 +1617,7 @@
#endif
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
//#define BUILD_INFO_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item to display the build date and time
@ -1857,7 +1854,7 @@
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
* point in the file.
*/
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
#define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power-Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
//#define PLR_HEAT_BED_ON_REBOOT // Heat up bed immediately on reboot to mitigate object detaching/warping.
@ -1915,21 +1912,17 @@
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES)
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
#endif
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#endif
// Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
@ -2392,7 +2385,7 @@
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define EP_BABYSTEPPING // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
@ -2415,8 +2408,9 @@
//#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
//#define BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z // Combine M424 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#endif
#if ANY(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z)
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
@ -3052,14 +3046,14 @@
*
* Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.
*/
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
@ -3068,7 +3062,7 @@
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
@ -3092,10 +3086,10 @@
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.
//#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#define CONFIGURE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Add M603 G-code and menu items. Requires ~1.3K bytes of flash.
#endif
@ -3482,7 +3476,7 @@
* Define your own with:
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
*/
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below)
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V // All axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below)

201
config/examples/Two Trees/BlueR/BlueR V3/Configuration.h
View file

@ -21,6 +21,12 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/BlueR/BlueR V3"
//#define BLUER_TMC2209 // Enable for the TMC2209 driver version
//#define BLUER_BLTOUCH // Enable if you want to use BLTOUCH
//#define MKS_13 // Enable for MKS 1.3 board with soldered TMC2225 drivers
/**
* Configuration.h
*
@ -61,14 +67,18 @@
// @section info
// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MarlinFirmware)" // Original author or contributor.
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(ils15, BlueR)" // Original author or contributor.
//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
// @section machine
// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
#if ENABLED(MKS_13)
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V1_3_F4
#else
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO
#endif
#endif
// @section serial
@ -81,7 +91,7 @@
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
#define SERIAL_PORT 3
/**
* Serial Port Baud Rate
@ -103,7 +113,7 @@
* Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards.
* :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1
//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
/**
@ -135,7 +145,7 @@
//#define BLUETOOTH
// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Two Trees BlueR"
//#define CONFIGURABLE_MACHINE_NAME // Add G-code M550 to set/report the machine name
// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
@ -159,9 +169,18 @@
* TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC2240', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#if ENABLED(BLUER_TMC2209)
#define BASE_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#else
#define BASE_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE
#endif
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE BASE_DRIVER_TYPE
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE BASE_DRIVER_TYPE
#if ENABLED(MKS_13)
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE BASE_DRIVER_TYPE
#else
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#endif
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -173,7 +192,11 @@
//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#if ENABLED(MKS_13)
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE BASE_DRIVER_TYPE
#else
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#endif
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -686,7 +709,7 @@
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
#define BED_MAXTEMP 120
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
/**
@ -728,13 +751,14 @@
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 }
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 11.03, 11.03 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 0.63, 0.63 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 48.43, 48.43 }
#else
#define DEFAULT_KP 22.20
#define DEFAULT_KI 1.08
#define DEFAULT_KD 114.00
// Bluer
#define DEFAULT_KP 15.72
#define DEFAULT_KI 1.24
#define DEFAULT_KD 49.77
#endif
#else
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
@ -823,7 +847,7 @@
*
* With this option disabled, bang-bang will be used. BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING enables hysteresis.
*/
//#define PIDTEMPBED
#define PIDTEMPBED
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
//#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 // Min power to improve PID stability (0..MAX_BED_POWER).
@ -832,9 +856,10 @@
// 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
// from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 10.00
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 0.023
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 305.4
//BlueR PID Settings
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 66.39
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 12.94
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 227.14
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#else
@ -931,8 +956,8 @@
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#endif
// @section safety
@ -952,7 +977,7 @@
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
*/
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 500
//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
@ -1277,12 +1302,12 @@
* Endstop "Hit" State
* Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop.
*/
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
@ -1295,7 +1320,7 @@
#define V_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define W_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define W_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE TERN(BLUER_BLTOUCH, HIGH, LOW)
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
@ -1343,7 +1368,11 @@
* Override with M92 (when enabled below)
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 500 }
#if ENABLED(BLUER_TMC2209)
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 415 }
#else
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 160, 160, 400, 415 }
#endif
/**
* Enable support for M92. Disable to save at least ~530 bytes of flash.
@ -1355,7 +1384,7 @@
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 250, 250, 10, 50 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
@ -1383,9 +1412,9 @@
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 750 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
/**
* Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
@ -1424,7 +1453,7 @@
* https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
*/
#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.3 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle
// for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°).
#endif
@ -1437,7 +1466,7 @@
*
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
*/
//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#if ENABLED(S_CURVE_ACCELERATION)
// Define to use 4th instead of 6th order motion curve
//#define S_CURVE_FACTOR 0.25 // Initial and final acceleration factor, ideally 0.1 to 0.4.
@ -1458,7 +1487,9 @@
* The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing.
* (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.)
*/
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
#endif
// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing
//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING
@ -1518,7 +1549,9 @@
/**
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define BLTOUCH
#endif
/**
* MagLev V4 probe by MDD
@ -1879,8 +1912,12 @@
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
#if ENABLED(BLUER_TMC2209)
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
#else
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
#endif
//#define INVERT_I_DIR false
//#define INVERT_J_DIR false
//#define INVERT_K_DIR false
@ -1889,7 +1926,11 @@
//#define INVERT_W_DIR false
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#if ENABLED(BLUER_TMC2209)
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#else
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
#endif
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
@ -1910,7 +1951,7 @@
*/
//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS
//#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
// You'll need this much clearance above Z_MAX_POS to avoid grinding.
//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)
@ -1920,9 +1961,9 @@
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
//#define I_HOME_DIR -1
//#define J_HOME_DIR -1
//#define K_HOME_DIR -1
@ -1948,16 +1989,16 @@
// @section geometry
// The size of the printable area
#define X_BED_SIZE 200
#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
#define X_BED_SIZE 235
#define Y_BED_SIZE 235
// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Y_MIN_POS -5
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
#define Z_MAX_POS 280
//#define I_MIN_POS 0
//#define I_MAX_POS 50
//#define J_MIN_POS 0
@ -2009,7 +2050,7 @@
#endif
#if ANY(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#endif
/**
@ -2027,7 +2068,7 @@
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
#define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500.
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
@ -2173,10 +2214,12 @@
*/
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
#else
#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
#endif
/**
* Commands to execute at the start of G29 probing,
* after switching to the PROBING_TOOL.
@ -2194,7 +2237,7 @@
* these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable
* leveling immediately after G28.
*/
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
/**
@ -2336,7 +2379,7 @@
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define MESH_INSET 15 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
@ -2348,22 +2391,22 @@
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
*/
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
//#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING)
#define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
#define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at tramming points
#define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points
//#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
#define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 10.0 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points
#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
//#define BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE
#if ENABLED(BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE)
#define BED_TRAMMING_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 // (mm)
@ -2415,7 +2458,9 @@
* - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted.
* - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing.
*/
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#endif
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // (mm) X point for Z homing
@ -2505,7 +2550,7 @@
* M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
* M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
*/
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash.
#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
@ -2568,7 +2613,7 @@
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
*/
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
@ -2704,7 +2749,9 @@
*
* View the current statistics with M78.
*/
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
#if DISABLED(MKS_13)
#define PRINTCOUNTER
#endif
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
#define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print. A value of 0 will save stats at end of print.
#endif
@ -2750,7 +2797,7 @@
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*/
//#define SDSUPPORT
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
@ -2877,7 +2924,7 @@
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU
//
@ -3438,7 +3485,7 @@
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
//
// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS
@ -3497,13 +3544,13 @@
#define TFT_DRIVER AUTO
// Interface. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI
// TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_RES_320x240
//#define TFT_RES_480x272
//#define TFT_RES_480x320
#define TFT_RES_480x320
//#define TFT_RES_1024x600
#endif
@ -3518,7 +3565,7 @@
* root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware.
*/
//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI
//#define TFT_COLOR_UI
#define TFT_COLOR_UI
//#define TFT_LVGL_UI
#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
@ -3584,7 +3631,7 @@
//
// Touch Screen Settings
//
//#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN)
#define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
#define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
@ -3595,10 +3642,10 @@
#define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION
//#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316
//#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981
//#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43
//#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257
#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 17880
#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -12234
#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -45
#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 349
//#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE
#if ALL(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS)

68
config/examples/Two Trees/BlueR/BlueR V3/Configuration_adv.h
View file

@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/BlueR/BlueR V3"
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
@ -339,8 +341,8 @@
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
*/
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED && ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C)
/**
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
@ -473,11 +475,6 @@
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KF_LIST { DEFAULT_KF, DEFAULT_KF }
#endif
#endif
/**
@ -561,9 +558,9 @@
* Hotend Idle Timeout
* Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
*/
//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (15*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout
#define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout
@ -699,7 +696,7 @@
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
*/
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
@ -949,7 +946,7 @@
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing
//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa
//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe).
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
@ -1620,7 +1617,7 @@
#endif
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
//#define BUILD_INFO_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item to display the build date and time
@ -1857,7 +1854,7 @@
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
* point in the file.
*/
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
#define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power-Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
//#define PLR_HEAT_BED_ON_REBOOT // Heat up bed immediately on reboot to mitigate object detaching/warping.
@ -1915,21 +1912,17 @@
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES)
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
#endif
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#endif
// Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
@ -2392,7 +2385,7 @@
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define EP_BABYSTEPPING // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
@ -2415,8 +2408,9 @@
//#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
//#define BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z // Combine M424 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(BLUER_BLTOUCH)
#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#endif
#if ANY(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z)
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
@ -3052,14 +3046,14 @@
*
* Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.
*/
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
@ -3068,7 +3062,7 @@
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
@ -3092,10 +3086,10 @@
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.
//#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#define CONFIGURE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Add M603 G-code and menu items. Requires ~1.3K bytes of flash.
#endif
@ -3482,7 +3476,7 @@
* Define your own with:
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
*/
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below)
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V // All axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below)

88
config/examples/Two Trees/SP-5_V3/Configuration.h
View file

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
* Copyright (c) 2024 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/SP-5_V3"
/**
* Configuration.h
*
@ -61,14 +63,14 @@
// @section info
// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MarlinFirmware)" // Original author or contributor.
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(anonymous)" // Original author or contributor.
//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
// @section machine
// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V3_1
#endif
// @section serial
@ -81,7 +83,7 @@
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
#define SERIAL_PORT -1
/**
* Serial Port Baud Rate
@ -159,9 +161,9 @@
* TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC2240', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -173,7 +175,7 @@
//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -686,7 +688,7 @@
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
#define BED_MAXTEMP 110
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
/**
@ -732,9 +734,9 @@
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 }
#else
#define DEFAULT_KP 22.20
#define DEFAULT_KI 1.08
#define DEFAULT_KD 114.00
#define DEFAULT_KP 20.36
#define DEFAULT_KI 1.72
#define DEFAULT_KD 60.26
#endif
#else
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
@ -984,7 +986,7 @@
// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics,
// either in the usual order or reversed
//#define COREXY
#define COREXY
//#define COREXZ
//#define COREYZ
//#define COREYX
@ -1277,11 +1279,11 @@
* Endstop "Hit" State
* Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop.
*/
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
@ -1343,7 +1345,7 @@
* Override with M92 (when enabled below)
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 500 }
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 562 }
/**
* Enable support for M92. Disable to save at least ~530 bytes of flash.
@ -1355,7 +1357,7 @@
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 10, 100 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
@ -1368,7 +1370,7 @@
* Override with M201
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 6000, 6000, 200, 20000 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING // Limit edit via M201 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_ACCEL_EDITING)
@ -1383,9 +1385,9 @@
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 6000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 6000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 6000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
/**
* Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
@ -1807,8 +1809,8 @@
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_XMAX 50 // (mm)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_YMIN -50 // (mm)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_YMAX 50 // (mm)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMIN -20 // (mm)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMAX 20 // (mm)
#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMIN -20 // (mm)
#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMAX 20 // (mm)
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
@ -1878,9 +1880,9 @@
// @section stepper drivers
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
#define INVERT_X_DIR true
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
//#define INVERT_I_DIR false
//#define INVERT_J_DIR false
//#define INVERT_K_DIR false
@ -1921,7 +1923,7 @@
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
//#define I_HOME_DIR -1
//#define J_HOME_DIR -1
@ -1948,8 +1950,8 @@
// @section geometry
// The size of the printable area
#define X_BED_SIZE 200
#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
#define X_BED_SIZE 297
#define Y_BED_SIZE 297
// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS 0
@ -1957,7 +1959,7 @@
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
#define Z_MAX_POS 300
//#define I_MIN_POS 0
//#define I_MAX_POS 50
//#define J_MIN_POS 0
@ -2175,7 +2177,7 @@
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
/**
* Commands to execute at the start of G29 probing,
@ -2226,7 +2228,7 @@
*/
#define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
#if ENABLED(ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT)
#define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 10.0 // (mm) Default fade height.
#define DEFAULT_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT 5.0 // (mm) Default fade height.
#endif
/**
@ -2337,7 +2339,7 @@
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 2
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
//#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
@ -2505,13 +2507,13 @@
* M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
* M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
*/
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash.
#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
//#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
//#define EEPROM_INIT_NOW // Init EEPROM on first boot after a new build.
#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
#define EEPROM_INIT_NOW // Init EEPROM on first boot after a new build.
#endif
// @section host
@ -2551,7 +2553,7 @@
#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
@ -2750,7 +2752,7 @@
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*/
//#define SDSUPPORT
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
@ -2758,7 +2760,7 @@
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
*/
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
#endif
// @section interface
@ -3414,7 +3416,7 @@
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V2 & V3
// https://github.com/makerbase-mks/MKS-TFT-Hardware/tree/master/MKS%20TS35
//
//#define MKS_TS35_V2_0
#define MKS_TS35_V2_0
//
// 320x240, 2.4", FSMC Display From MKS
@ -3518,7 +3520,7 @@
* root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware.
*/
//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI
//#define TFT_COLOR_UI
#define TFT_COLOR_UI
//#define TFT_LVGL_UI
#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
@ -3584,7 +3586,7 @@
//
// Touch Screen Settings
//
//#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN)
#define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
#define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
@ -3639,7 +3641,7 @@
* which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
* is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
*/
//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
/**
* Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency, affecting heaters, and

75
config/examples/Two Trees/SP-5_V3/Configuration_adv.h
View file

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
* Copyright (c) 2024 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/SP-5_V3"
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
@ -308,8 +310,8 @@
* THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
*/
#if ALL(HAS_HOTEND, THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // (°C)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 6 // (°C)
//#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow down the part-cooling fan if the temperature drops
#if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING)
@ -473,11 +475,6 @@
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KF_LIST { DEFAULT_KF, DEFAULT_KF }
#endif
#endif
/**
@ -944,12 +941,12 @@
//#define SENSORLESS_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 0 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops before sensorless homing
#define HOMING_BUMP_MM { 5, 5, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after first bump
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 1, 1, 2 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing
//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa
//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe).
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
@ -1274,16 +1271,16 @@
*
* Tune with M593 D<factor> F<frequency>
*/
//#define INPUT_SHAPING_X
//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Y
#define INPUT_SHAPING_X
#define INPUT_SHAPING_Y
//#define INPUT_SHAPING_Z
#if ANY(INPUT_SHAPING_X, INPUT_SHAPING_Y, INPUT_SHAPING_Z)
#if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_X)
#define SHAPING_FREQ_X 40.0 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the X axis.
#define SHAPING_FREQ_X 55 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the X axis.
#define SHAPING_ZETA_X 0.15 // Damping ratio of the X axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
#endif
#if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Y)
#define SHAPING_FREQ_Y 40.0 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Y axis.
#define SHAPING_FREQ_Y 55 // (Hz) The default dominant resonant frequency on the Y axis.
#define SHAPING_ZETA_Y 0.15 // Damping ratio of the Y axis (range: 0.0 = no damping to 1.0 = critical damping).
#endif
#if ENABLED(INPUT_SHAPING_Z)
@ -1292,7 +1289,7 @@
#endif
//#define SHAPING_MIN_FREQ 20.0 // (Hz) By default the minimum of the shaping frequencies. Override to affect SRAM usage.
//#define SHAPING_MAX_STEPRATE 10000 // By default the maximum total step rate of the shaped axes. Override to affect SRAM usage.
//#define SHAPING_MENU // Add a menu to the LCD to set shaping parameters.
#define SHAPING_MENU // Add a menu to the LCD to set shaping parameters.
#endif
// @section motion
@ -1672,7 +1669,7 @@
*/
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN // Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
#if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
#define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
#define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 4000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
#if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI)
#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash)
#endif
@ -1915,21 +1912,17 @@
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES)
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
#endif
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#endif
// Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
@ -2392,16 +2385,16 @@
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define EP_BABYSTEPPING // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
//#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement)
//#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement)
#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
//#define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z // Enable if Z babysteps should go the other way
//#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep
#define BABYSTEP_MILLIMETER_UNITS // Specify BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_(XY|Z) in mm instead of micro-steps
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 0.01 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 0.01 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
@ -2443,13 +2436,13 @@
*
* See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
*/
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
#define LIN_ADVANCE
#if ANY(LIN_ADVANCE, FT_MOTION)
#if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS)
#define ADVANCE_K { 0.22 } // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder. Override with 'M900 T<tool> K<mm>'.
#else
#define ADVANCE_K 0.22 // (mm) Compression length for all extruders. Override with 'M900 K<mm>'.
#define ADVANCE_K 0.12 // (mm) Compression length for all extruders. Override with 'M900 K<mm>'.
#endif
//#define ADVANCE_K_EXTRA // Add a second linear advance constant, configurable with 'M900 L'.
#endif
@ -3164,7 +3157,7 @@
#endif
#if AXIS_IS_TMC_CONFIG(Y)
#define Y_CURRENT 800
#define Y_CURRENT 1100
#define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT
#define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
#define Y_RSENSE 0.11

251
config/examples/Two Trees/Sapphire Plus/Sapphire Plus V2.1/Configuration.h
View file

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
* Copyright (c) 2022 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
@ -21,6 +21,12 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/Sapphire Plus/Sapphire Plus V2.1"
//#define SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI
//#define SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH
//#define SAPPHIRE_PLUS_TMC_UART
/**
* Configuration.h
*
@ -61,14 +67,14 @@
// @section info
// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MarlinFirmware)" // Original author or contributor.
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(wjohnsaunders, SapphirePlus)" // Original author or contributor.
//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
// @section machine
// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V1_3_F4
#endif
// @section serial
@ -81,7 +87,7 @@
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
#define SERIAL_PORT 3
/**
* Serial Port Baud Rate
@ -94,7 +100,7 @@
*
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
*/
#define BAUDRATE 250000
#define BAUDRATE 115200
//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE // Enable G-code M575 to set the baud rate
@ -103,7 +109,9 @@
* Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards.
* :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_TMC_UART)
#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1
#endif
//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
/**
@ -135,7 +143,7 @@
//#define BLUETOOTH
// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TwoTrees Sapphire Plus"
//#define CONFIGURABLE_MACHINE_NAME // Add G-code M550 to set/report the machine name
// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
@ -159,12 +167,12 @@
* TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC2240', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TERN(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_TMC_UART, TMC2208,TMC2208_STANDALONE)
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE X_DRIVER_TYPE
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define I_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -173,7 +181,7 @@
//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TERN(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_TMC_UART,TMC2208,TMC2208_STANDALONE)
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -678,7 +686,7 @@
// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
@ -686,7 +694,7 @@
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
#define BED_MAXTEMP 120
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
/**
@ -728,13 +736,14 @@
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 }
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 12.02, 12.02 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 0.75, 0.75 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 49.50, 49.50 }
#else
#define DEFAULT_KP 22.20
#define DEFAULT_KI 1.08
#define DEFAULT_KD 114.00
// Sapphire S/Pro/Plus
#define DEFAULT_KP 12.02
#define DEFAULT_KI 0.75
#define DEFAULT_KD 49.50
#endif
#else
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
@ -823,18 +832,17 @@
*
* With this option disabled, bang-bang will be used. BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING enables hysteresis.
*/
//#define PIDTEMPBED
#define PIDTEMPBED
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
//#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 // Min power to improve PID stability (0..MAX_BED_POWER).
// Get the power from the temperature report ('M105' => B@:nnn) and try P*2-20 to P*2-10.
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Print Bed PID debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to enable/disable.
// 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
// from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 10.00
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 0.023
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 305.4
// Sapphire Plus
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 91.90
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 15.49
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 363.6
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#else
@ -928,11 +936,11 @@
#if ANY(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED, PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
//#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 25 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#endif
// @section safety
@ -952,7 +960,7 @@
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
*/
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 950
//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
@ -984,7 +992,7 @@
// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics,
// either in the usual order or reversed
//#define COREXY
#define COREXY
//#define COREXZ
//#define COREYZ
//#define COREYX
@ -1277,12 +1285,12 @@
* Endstop "Hit" State
* Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop.
*/
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE TERN(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH, HIGH, LOW)
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE TERN(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH, HIGH, LOW)
#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
@ -1297,9 +1305,23 @@
#define W_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_TMC_UART)
#define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA9 // Wifi TX
#define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PA9
#define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA10 // Wifi RX
#define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PA10
#define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC13 // WIFI IO0
#define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC13
#define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE5 // MAX31855 CS
#define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE5
#define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC7 // WIFI IO1
#define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC7
#define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 // Reduced to improve software serial reliability
#endif
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
/**
* Endstop Noise Threshold
@ -1343,7 +1365,7 @@
* Override with M92 (when enabled below)
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 500 }
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 410 }
/**
* Enable support for M92. Disable to save at least ~530 bytes of flash.
@ -1355,7 +1377,7 @@
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 10, 70 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
@ -1383,9 +1405,9 @@
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
/**
* Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
@ -1397,9 +1419,9 @@
*/
//#define CLASSIC_JERK
#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 15.0
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 15.0
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
//#define DEFAULT_IJERK 0.3
//#define DEFAULT_JJERK 0.3
@ -1424,7 +1446,7 @@
* https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
*/
#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.03 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle
// for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°).
#endif
@ -1437,7 +1459,7 @@
*
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
*/
//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#if ENABLED(S_CURVE_ACCELERATION)
// Define to use 4th instead of 6th order motion curve
//#define S_CURVE_FACTOR 0.25 // Initial and final acceleration factor, ideally 0.1 to 0.4.
@ -1518,7 +1540,9 @@
/**
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
#define BLTOUCH
#endif
/**
* MagLev V4 probe by MDD
@ -1707,7 +1731,12 @@
* | [-] |
* O-- FRONT --+
*/
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } // (mm) X, Y, Z distance from Nozzle tip to Probe trigger-point
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
// https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:4361883
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -42.0, -2.94 }
#else
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 }
#endif
// Enable and set to use a specific tool for probing. Disable to allow any tool.
#define PROBING_TOOL 0
@ -1723,13 +1752,13 @@
// X and Y axis travel speed between probes.
// Leave undefined to use the average of the current XY homing feedrate.
#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min)
#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (150*60) // (mm/min)
// Feedrate for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (4*60) // (mm/min)
#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (8*60) // (mm/min)
// Feedrate for the "accurate" probe of each point
#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 2) // (mm/min)
#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 4) // (mm/min)
/**
* Probe Activation Switch
@ -1794,9 +1823,9 @@
* Example: 'M851 Z-5' with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
* But: 'M851 Z+1' with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
*/
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // (mm) Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // (mm) Z Clearance between probe points
#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // (mm) Z Clearance between multiple probes
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 4 // (mm) Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // (mm) Z Clearance between probe points
#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 3 // (mm) Z Clearance between multiple probes
#define Z_PROBE_ERROR_TOLERANCE 3 // (mm) Tolerance for early trigger (<= -probe.offset.z + ZPET)
//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // (mm) Z position after probing is done
@ -1811,7 +1840,9 @@
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMAX 20 // (mm)
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
#endif
// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
@ -1878,9 +1909,9 @@
// @section stepper drivers
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
#define INVERT_X_DIR true
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
//#define INVERT_I_DIR false
//#define INVERT_J_DIR false
//#define INVERT_K_DIR false
@ -1889,7 +1920,7 @@
//#define INVERT_W_DIR false
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
@ -1901,7 +1932,7 @@
// @section homing
//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety.
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety.
#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety.
/**
* Set Z_IDLE_HEIGHT if the Z-Axis moves on its own when steppers are disabled.
@ -1910,10 +1941,10 @@
*/
//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS
//#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
// You'll need this much clearance above Z_MAX_POS to avoid grinding.
//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)
#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)
//#define XY_AFTER_HOMING { 10, 10 } // (mm) Move to an XY position after homing (and raising Z)
//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_HOMING "M300 P440 S200" // Commands to run after G28 (and move to XY_AFTER_HOMING)
@ -1921,7 +1952,7 @@
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
//#define I_HOME_DIR -1
//#define J_HOME_DIR -1
@ -1948,16 +1979,16 @@
// @section geometry
// The size of the printable area
#define X_BED_SIZE 200
#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
#define X_BED_SIZE 300
#define Y_BED_SIZE 295 // To stop pulleys hitting stepper mounts
// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MIN_POS -5 // Centre printable area on the bed
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
#define Z_MAX_POS TERN(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH, 335, 340) // BLTouch needs clearance for homing
//#define I_MIN_POS 0
//#define I_MAX_POS 50
//#define J_MIN_POS 0
@ -2009,7 +2040,7 @@
#endif
#if ANY(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#endif
/**
@ -2027,7 +2058,9 @@
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI)
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#endif
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
#define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500.
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
@ -2173,9 +2206,12 @@
*/
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
#else
#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
#endif
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
/**
* Commands to execute at the start of G29 probing,
@ -2187,14 +2223,14 @@
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
*/
//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_G29 "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_G29 "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X20 Y280"
/**
* Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of
* these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable
* leveling immediately after G28.
*/
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
/**
@ -2246,12 +2282,12 @@
/**
* Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
*/
//#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
#define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
#define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26.
#define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26.
#define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26.
#define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 190 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26.
#define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 50 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26.
#define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves.
#define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves.
#define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements.
@ -2262,7 +2298,7 @@
#if ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
@ -2272,13 +2308,13 @@
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
//
// Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
//
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
@ -2295,7 +2331,7 @@
//#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
#define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
//#define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel when probing multiple points
@ -2336,7 +2372,7 @@
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define MESH_INSET 35 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
@ -2348,19 +2384,21 @@
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
*/
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI)
#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#endif
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.02 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
//#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING)
#define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
#define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 35, 35, 35, 35 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
#define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at tramming points
#define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points
//#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
@ -2415,7 +2453,9 @@
* - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted.
* - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing.
*/
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#endif
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // (mm) X point for Z homing
@ -2424,7 +2464,7 @@
#endif
// Homing speeds (linear=mm/min, rotational=°/min)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) }
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (30*60), (30*60), (8*60) }
// Edit homing feedrates with M210 and MarlinUI menu items
//#define EDITABLE_HOMING_FEEDRATE
@ -2505,12 +2545,12 @@
* M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
* M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
*/
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash.
#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
//#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
#if ALL(EEPROM_SETTINGS, SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI)
#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
//#define EEPROM_INIT_NOW // Init EEPROM on first boot after a new build.
#endif
@ -2544,14 +2584,14 @@
// Preheat Constants - Up to 10 are supported without changes
//
#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
@ -2568,7 +2608,7 @@
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
*/
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
@ -2750,7 +2790,7 @@
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*/
//#define SDSUPPORT
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
@ -2758,7 +2798,7 @@
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
*/
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
#endif
// @section interface
@ -2877,7 +2917,7 @@
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU
//
@ -3438,7 +3478,7 @@
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
//
// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS
@ -3497,13 +3537,13 @@
#define TFT_DRIVER AUTO
// Interface. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI
// TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_RES_320x240
//#define TFT_RES_480x272
//#define TFT_RES_480x320
#define TFT_RES_480x320
//#define TFT_RES_1024x600
#endif
@ -3518,8 +3558,11 @@
* root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware.
*/
//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI
//#define TFT_COLOR_UI
//#define TFT_LVGL_UI
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI)
#define TFT_COLOR_UI
#else
#define TFT_LVGL_UI
#endif
#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
/**
@ -3561,7 +3604,7 @@
*
* :{ 'TFT_NO_ROTATION':'None', 'TFT_ROTATE_90':'90°', 'TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X':'90° (Mirror X)', 'TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y':'90° (Mirror Y)', 'TFT_ROTATE_180':'180°', 'TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X':'180° (Mirror X)', 'TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y':'180° (Mirror Y)', 'TFT_ROTATE_270':'270°', 'TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X':'270° (Mirror X)', 'TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y':'270° (Mirror Y)', 'TFT_MIRROR_X':'Mirror X', 'TFT_MIRROR_Y':'Mirror Y' }
*/
//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION
#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_ROTATE_180
//=============================================================================
//============================ Other Controllers ============================
@ -3584,7 +3627,9 @@
//
// Touch Screen Settings
//
//#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI)
#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#endif
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN)
#define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
#define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus

170
config/examples/Two Trees/Sapphire Plus/Sapphire Plus V2.1/Configuration_adv.h
View file

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
/**
* Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
* Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
* Copyright (c) 2022 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
*
* Based on Sprinter and grbl.
* Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/Sapphire Plus/Sapphire Plus V2.1"
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
@ -339,8 +341,8 @@
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
*/
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED && ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C)
/**
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
@ -473,11 +475,6 @@
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KF_LIST { DEFAULT_KF, DEFAULT_KF }
#endif
#endif
/**
@ -561,7 +558,7 @@
* Hotend Idle Timeout
* Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
*/
//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
@ -618,7 +615,7 @@
* gets it spinning reliably for a short time before setting the requested speed.
* (Does not work on Sanguinololu with FAN_SOFT_PWM.)
*/
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 // (ms)
#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 // (ms)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_POWER 180 // 64-255
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_LINEAR // Set kickstart time linearly based on the speed, e.g., for 20% (51) it will be FAN_KICKSTART_TIME * 0.2.
// Useful for quick speed up to low speed. Kickstart power must be set to 255.
@ -638,8 +635,8 @@
*
* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
*/
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
#define FAN_MIN_PWM 64
#define FAN_MAX_PWM 255
/**
* Fan Fast PWM
@ -699,7 +696,7 @@
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
*/
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
@ -790,7 +787,7 @@
// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing,
// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
// @section extras
@ -880,7 +877,7 @@
//#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // X2 direction signal is the opposite of X
//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // X2 has its own endstop
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
//#define X2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // X2 endstop pin override
#define X2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // X2 endstop pin override
#define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // X2 offset relative to X endstop
#endif
#endif
@ -889,7 +886,7 @@
//#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Y2 direction signal is the opposite of Y
//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // Y2 has its own endstop
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
//#define Y2_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Y2 endstop pin override
#define Y2_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Y2 endstop pin override
#define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Y2 offset relative to Y endstop
#endif
#endif
@ -900,22 +897,24 @@
#ifdef Z2_DRIVER_TYPE
//#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR // Z2 direction signal is the opposite of Z
//#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS // Other Z axes have their own endstops
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
//#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS // Other Z axes have their own endstops
#endif
#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
//#define Z2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // Z2 endstop pin override
#define Z2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // Z2 endstop pin override
#define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z2 offset relative to Z endstop
#endif
#ifdef Z3_DRIVER_TYPE
//#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR // Z3 direction signal is the opposite of Z
#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
//#define Z3_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Z3 endstop pin override
#define Z3_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Z3 endstop pin override
#define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z3 offset relative to Z endstop
#endif
#endif
#ifdef Z4_DRIVER_TYPE
//#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR // Z4 direction signal is the opposite of Z
#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
//#define Z4_STOP_PIN Z_MAX_PIN // Z4 endstop pin override
#define Z4_STOP_PIN Z_MAX_PIN // Z4 endstop pin override
#define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z4 offset relative to Z endstop
#endif
#endif
@ -949,7 +948,7 @@
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing
//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa
//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe).
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
@ -1038,7 +1037,9 @@
* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
*/
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
#endif
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
/**
* Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]]
@ -1046,7 +1047,7 @@
* If not defined, probe limits will be used.
* Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>'.
*/
//#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 20, 150 }, { 280, 150 } }
/**
* Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions.
@ -1068,7 +1069,7 @@
* | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 |
*/
#ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY
//#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0
#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0
#endif
/**
@ -1117,11 +1118,13 @@
*
* Add the G35 command to measure bed corners and help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe.
*/
//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING
#endif
#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING)
// Define from 3 to 9 points to probe.
#define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } }
#define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 45, 45 }, { 255, 45 }, { 255, 250 }, { 45, 250 } }
// Define position names for probe points.
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left"
@ -1130,9 +1133,9 @@
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left"
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
//#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first
#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first
//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu
#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu
//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment
@ -1145,7 +1148,7 @@
*
* :{'M3_CW':'M3 Clockwise','M3_CCW':'M3 Counter-Clockwise','M4_CW':'M4 Clockwise','M4_CCW':'M4 Counter-Clockwise','M5_CW':'M5 Clockwise','M5_CCW':'M5 Counter-Clockwise'}
*/
#define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD M3_CW
#define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD M4_CW
#endif
@ -1342,7 +1345,7 @@
// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes.
#define SLOWDOWN
#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN)
#define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2
#define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 6
#endif
/**
@ -1471,7 +1474,7 @@
* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
* lowest stepping frequencies.
*/
//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
/**
* Custom Microstepping
@ -1582,14 +1585,14 @@
* - The difference is used to set the probe Z offset.
*/
#if HAS_BED_PROBE && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_MENU, HAS_TFT_LVGL_UI)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD
#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD
#if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD)
/**
* Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
* Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
* For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
*/
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0
#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -2.0
// Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER }
@ -1620,7 +1623,7 @@
#endif
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
//#define BUILD_INFO_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item to display the build date and time
@ -1646,7 +1649,7 @@
#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_DEG 90, 45, 22.5, 5, 1 // (°)
// BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
//#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
// BACK menu items show "Back" instead of the previous menu name
//#define GENERIC_BACK_MENU_ITEM
@ -1672,7 +1675,7 @@
*/
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN // Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
#if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
#define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
#define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1500 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
#if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI)
#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash)
#endif
@ -1688,7 +1691,7 @@
//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
#endif
//#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM // Add a mute option to the LCD menu
#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM // Add a mute option to the LCD menu
#define SOUND_ON_DEFAULT // Buzzer/speaker default enabled state
#if ENABLED(U8GLIB_SSD1309)
@ -1857,7 +1860,7 @@
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
* point in the file.
*/
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
#define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power-Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
//#define PLR_HEAT_BED_ON_REBOOT // Heat up bed immediately on reboot to mitigate object detaching/warping.
@ -1911,36 +1914,32 @@
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
*/
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES)
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
#endif
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#endif
// Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
// LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language.
//#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT // Get the long filename of a file/folder with 'M33 <dosname>' and list long filenames with 'M20 L'
#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT // Get the long filename of a file/folder with 'M33 <dosname>' and list long filenames with 'M20 L'
//#define LONG_FILENAME_WRITE_SUPPORT // Create / delete files with long filenames via M28, M30, and Binary Transfer Protocol
//#define M20_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT // Include timestamps by adding the 'T' flag to M20 commands
//#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES // Scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES // Scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
//#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
@ -1956,7 +1955,7 @@
//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE // On print completion open the LCD Menu and select the same file
//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS // Auto-report media status with 'M27 S<seconds>'
#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS // Auto-report media status with 'M27 S<seconds>'
/**
* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
@ -2392,7 +2391,7 @@
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define EP_BABYSTEPPING // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
@ -2403,7 +2402,7 @@
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // (ms) Maximum interval between clicks.
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
@ -2443,13 +2442,13 @@
*
* See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
*/
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
#define LIN_ADVANCE
#if ANY(LIN_ADVANCE, FT_MOTION)
#if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS)
#define ADVANCE_K { 0.22 } // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder. Override with 'M900 T<tool> K<mm>'.
#define ADVANCE_K { 0.0 } // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder. Override with 'M900 T<tool> K<mm>'.
#else
#define ADVANCE_K 0.22 // (mm) Compression length for all extruders. Override with 'M900 K<mm>'.
#define ADVANCE_K 0.0 // (mm) Compression length for all extruders. Override with 'M900 K<mm>'.
#endif
//#define ADVANCE_K_EXTRA // Add a second linear advance constant, configurable with 'M900 L'.
#endif
@ -2664,7 +2663,7 @@
#endif
// G5 Bézier Curve Support with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT // Requires ~2666 bytes
#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT // Requires ~2666 bytes
#if ANY(ARC_SUPPORT, BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT)
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3/G5 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
@ -2759,7 +2758,7 @@
#if ALL(HAS_MEDIA, DIRECT_STEPPING)
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8
#elif HAS_MEDIA
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32
#else
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
#endif
@ -2768,7 +2767,7 @@
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 4
#define BUFSIZE 32
/**
* Host Transmit Buffer Size
@ -2787,12 +2786,12 @@
* To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
* :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
*/
//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 2048
#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
//#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
#endif
#if HAS_MEDIA
@ -2819,7 +2818,7 @@
* Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876
* NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms.
*/
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
/**
* Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER)
@ -2850,7 +2849,7 @@
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // (ms)
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
//#define ADVANCED_OK
#define ADVANCED_OK
// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
@ -3052,28 +3051,29 @@
*
* Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.
*/
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI)
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#endif
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 9 // (mm) Initial retract.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 950 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 15 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 920 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
@ -3081,21 +3081,21 @@
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 9 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.
//#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#define CONFIGURE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Add M603 G-code and menu items. Requires ~1.3K bytes of flash.
#endif
@ -3482,7 +3482,7 @@
* Define your own with:
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
*/
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below)
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V // All axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below)
@ -4074,7 +4074,7 @@
/**
* Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report
*/
//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114 D' for details to check planner calculations
#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114 D' for details to check planner calculations
//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics
//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed.

247
config/examples/Two Trees/Sapphire Plus/Sapphire Plus V2/Configuration.h
View file

@ -21,6 +21,12 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/Sapphire Plus/Sapphire Plus V2"
//#define SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI
//#define SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH
//#define SAPPHIRE_PLUS_TMC_UART
/**
* Configuration.h
*
@ -61,14 +67,14 @@
// @section info
// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MarlinFirmware)" // Original author or contributor.
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(wjohnsaunders, SapphirePlus)" // Original author or contributor.
//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
// @section machine
// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO
#endif
// @section serial
@ -81,7 +87,7 @@
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
#define SERIAL_PORT 3
/**
* Serial Port Baud Rate
@ -94,7 +100,7 @@
*
* :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
*/
#define BAUDRATE 250000
#define BAUDRATE 115200
//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE // Enable G-code M575 to set the baud rate
@ -103,7 +109,9 @@
* Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards.
* :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_TMC_UART)
#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1
#endif
//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
/**
@ -135,7 +143,7 @@
//#define BLUETOOTH
// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TwoTrees Sapphire Plus"
//#define CONFIGURABLE_MACHINE_NAME // Add G-code M550 to set/report the machine name
// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
@ -159,12 +167,12 @@
* TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC2240', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TERN(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_TMC_UART,TMC2208,TMC2208_STANDALONE)
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TERN(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_TMC_UART,TMC2208,TMC2208_STANDALONE)
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define I_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -173,7 +181,7 @@
//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TERN(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_TMC_UART,TMC2208,TMC2208_STANDALONE)
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -678,7 +686,7 @@
// Above this temperature the heater will be switched off.
// This can protect components from overheating, but NOT from shorts and failures.
// (Use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.)
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 260
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
@ -686,7 +694,7 @@
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_6_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_7_MAXTEMP 275
#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
#define BED_MAXTEMP 120
#define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60
/**
@ -728,13 +736,14 @@
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 }
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 12.02, 12.02 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 0.75, 0.75 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 49.50, 49.50 }
#else
#define DEFAULT_KP 22.20
#define DEFAULT_KI 1.08
#define DEFAULT_KD 114.00
// Sapphire S/Pro/Plus
#define DEFAULT_KP 12.02
#define DEFAULT_KI 0.75
#define DEFAULT_KD 49.50
#endif
#else
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
@ -823,18 +832,17 @@
*
* With this option disabled, bang-bang will be used. BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING enables hysteresis.
*/
//#define PIDTEMPBED
#define PIDTEMPBED
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
//#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 // Min power to improve PID stability (0..MAX_BED_POWER).
// Get the power from the temperature report ('M105' => B@:nnn) and try P*2-20 to P*2-10.
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Print Bed PID debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to enable/disable.
// 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
// from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 10.00
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 0.023
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 305.4
// Sapphire Plus
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 91.90
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 15.49
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 363.6
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#else
@ -928,11 +936,11 @@
#if ANY(PIDTEMP, PIDTEMPBED, PIDTEMPCHAMBER)
//#define PID_OPENLOOP // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
//#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 25 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#endif
// @section safety
@ -952,7 +960,7 @@
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
*/
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 950
//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
@ -984,7 +992,7 @@
// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics,
// either in the usual order or reversed
//#define COREXY
#define COREXY
//#define COREXZ
//#define COREYZ
//#define COREYX
@ -1277,12 +1285,12 @@
* Endstop "Hit" State
* Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop.
*/
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE TERN(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH, HIGH, LOW)
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE TERN(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH, HIGH, LOW)
#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
@ -1297,9 +1305,23 @@
#define W_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_TMC_UART)
#define X_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA9 // Wifi TX
#define X_SERIAL_RX_PIN PA9
#define Y_SERIAL_TX_PIN PA10 // Wifi RX
#define Y_SERIAL_RX_PIN PA10
#define Z_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC13 // WIFI IO0
#define Z_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC13
#define E0_SERIAL_TX_PIN PE5 // MAX31855 CS
#define E0_SERIAL_RX_PIN PE5
#define E1_SERIAL_TX_PIN PC7 // WIFI IO1
#define E1_SERIAL_RX_PIN PC7
#define TMC_BAUD_RATE 19200 // Reduced to improve software serial reliability
#endif
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
/**
* Endstop Noise Threshold
@ -1343,7 +1365,7 @@
* Override with M92 (when enabled below)
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 500 }
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 410 }
/**
* Enable support for M92. Disable to save at least ~530 bytes of flash.
@ -1355,7 +1377,7 @@
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 10, 70 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
@ -1383,9 +1405,9 @@
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
/**
* Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
@ -1397,9 +1419,9 @@
*/
//#define CLASSIC_JERK
#if ENABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
#define DEFAULT_XJERK 15.0
#define DEFAULT_YJERK 15.0
#define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0
//#define DEFAULT_IJERK 0.3
//#define DEFAULT_JJERK 0.3
@ -1424,7 +1446,7 @@
* https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
*/
#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.03 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle
// for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°).
#endif
@ -1437,7 +1459,7 @@
*
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
*/
//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#if ENABLED(S_CURVE_ACCELERATION)
// Define to use 4th instead of 6th order motion curve
//#define S_CURVE_FACTOR 0.25 // Initial and final acceleration factor, ideally 0.1 to 0.4.
@ -1518,7 +1540,9 @@
/**
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
#define BLTOUCH
#endif
/**
* MagLev V4 probe by MDD
@ -1707,7 +1731,12 @@
* | [-] |
* O-- FRONT --+
*/
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } // (mm) X, Y, Z distance from Nozzle tip to Probe trigger-point
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
// https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:4361883
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -42.0, -2.94 }
#else
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, 0, 0 }
#endif
// Enable and set to use a specific tool for probing. Disable to allow any tool.
#define PROBING_TOOL 0
@ -1723,13 +1752,13 @@
// X and Y axis travel speed between probes.
// Leave undefined to use the average of the current XY homing feedrate.
#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (133*60) // (mm/min)
#define XY_PROBE_FEEDRATE (150*60) // (mm/min)
// Feedrate for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (4*60) // (mm/min)
#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST (8*60) // (mm/min)
// Feedrate for the "accurate" probe of each point
#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 2) // (mm/min)
#define Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_SLOW (Z_PROBE_FEEDRATE_FAST / 4) // (mm/min)
/**
* Probe Activation Switch
@ -1794,9 +1823,9 @@
* Example: 'M851 Z-5' with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
* But: 'M851 Z+1' with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
*/
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // (mm) Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // (mm) Z Clearance between probe points
#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // (mm) Z Clearance between multiple probes
#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 4 // (mm) Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // (mm) Z Clearance between probe points
#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 3 // (mm) Z Clearance between multiple probes
#define Z_PROBE_ERROR_TOLERANCE 3 // (mm) Tolerance for early trigger (<= -probe.offset.z + ZPET)
//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // (mm) Z position after probing is done
@ -1811,7 +1840,9 @@
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_ZMAX 20 // (mm)
// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
#endif
// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
@ -1878,7 +1909,7 @@
// @section stepper drivers
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
#define INVERT_X_DIR true
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
//#define INVERT_I_DIR false
@ -1889,7 +1920,7 @@
//#define INVERT_W_DIR false
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
@ -1901,7 +1932,7 @@
// @section homing
//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed. Also enable HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE for extra safety.
//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety.
#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated. Also enable NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING for extra safety.
/**
* Set Z_IDLE_HEIGHT if the Z-Axis moves on its own when steppers are disabled.
@ -1910,10 +1941,10 @@
*/
//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS
//#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
// You'll need this much clearance above Z_MAX_POS to avoid grinding.
//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)
#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)
//#define XY_AFTER_HOMING { 10, 10 } // (mm) Move to an XY position after homing (and raising Z)
//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_HOMING "M300 P440 S200" // Commands to run after G28 (and move to XY_AFTER_HOMING)
@ -1921,7 +1952,7 @@
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
//#define I_HOME_DIR -1
//#define J_HOME_DIR -1
@ -1948,16 +1979,16 @@
// @section geometry
// The size of the printable area
#define X_BED_SIZE 200
#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
#define X_BED_SIZE 300
#define Y_BED_SIZE 295 // To stop pulleys hitting stepper mounts
// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MIN_POS -5 // Centre printable area on the bed
#define Y_MIN_POS 0
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
#define Z_MAX_POS TERN(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH, 335, 340) // BLTouch needs clearance for homing
//#define I_MIN_POS 0
//#define I_MAX_POS 50
//#define J_MIN_POS 0
@ -2009,7 +2040,7 @@
#endif
#if ANY(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS, MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
//#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
#endif
/**
@ -2027,7 +2058,9 @@
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI)
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#endif
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
#define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500.
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
@ -2173,9 +2206,12 @@
*/
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
#else
#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
#endif
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
/**
* Commands to execute at the start of G29 probing,
@ -2187,14 +2223,14 @@
* Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
* Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
*/
//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_G29 "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
//#define EVENT_GCODE_AFTER_G29 "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X20 Y280"
/**
* Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable one of
* these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable
* leveling immediately after G28.
*/
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
/**
@ -2246,12 +2282,12 @@
/**
* Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
*/
//#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
#if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
#define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
#define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for G26.
#define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26.
#define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26.
#define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 190 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for G26.
#define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 50 // (°C) Default bed temperature for G26.
#define G26_XY_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY moves.
#define G26_XY_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 100 // (mm/s) Feedrate for G26 XY travel moves.
#define G26_RETRACT_MULTIPLIER 1.0 // G26 Q (retraction) used by default between mesh test elements.
@ -2262,7 +2298,7 @@
#if ANY(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
// Set the number of grid points per dimension.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
// Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
@ -2272,13 +2308,13 @@
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
//
// Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
//
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
@ -2295,7 +2331,7 @@
//#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
#define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 9 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
//#define UBL_HILBERT_CURVE // Use Hilbert distribution for less travel when probing multiple points
@ -2336,7 +2372,7 @@
//=================================== Mesh ==================================
//===========================================================================
#define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define MESH_INSET 35 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
#define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
@ -2348,19 +2384,21 @@
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
*/
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI)
#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#endif
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.02 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
//#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING)
#define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
#define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 35, 35, 35, 35 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
#define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at tramming points
#define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points
//#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
@ -2415,7 +2453,9 @@
* - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted.
* - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing.
*/
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#endif
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // (mm) X point for Z homing
@ -2424,7 +2464,7 @@
#endif
// Homing speeds (linear=mm/min, rotational=°/min)
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (50*60), (50*60), (4*60) }
#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_MM_M { (30*60), (30*60), (8*60) }
// Edit homing feedrates with M210 and MarlinUI menu items
//#define EDITABLE_HOMING_FEEDRATE
@ -2505,12 +2545,12 @@
* M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
* M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
*/
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash.
#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
//#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
#if ALL(EEPROM_SETTINGS, SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI)
#define EEPROM_AUTO_INIT // Init EEPROM automatically on any errors.
//#define EEPROM_INIT_NOW // Init EEPROM on first boot after a new build.
#endif
@ -2544,14 +2584,14 @@
// Preheat Constants - Up to 10 are supported without changes
//
#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
@ -2568,7 +2608,7 @@
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
*/
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
@ -2704,7 +2744,7 @@
*
* View the current statistics with M78.
*/
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
#define PRINTCOUNTER
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
#define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print. A value of 0 will save stats at end of print.
#endif
@ -2750,7 +2790,7 @@
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*/
//#define SDSUPPORT
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
@ -2758,7 +2798,7 @@
* Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
*/
#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
#endif
// @section interface
@ -2877,7 +2917,7 @@
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU
//
@ -3438,7 +3478,7 @@
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
//
// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS
@ -3497,13 +3537,13 @@
#define TFT_DRIVER AUTO
// Interface. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
#define TFT_INTERFACE_FSMC
//#define TFT_INTERFACE_SPI
// TFT Resolution. Enable one of the following options:
//#define TFT_RES_320x240
//#define TFT_RES_480x272
//#define TFT_RES_480x320
#define TFT_RES_480x320
//#define TFT_RES_1024x600
#endif
@ -3518,8 +3558,11 @@
* root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware.
*/
//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI
//#define TFT_COLOR_UI
//#define TFT_LVGL_UI
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI)
#define TFT_COLOR_UI
#else
#define TFT_LVGL_UI
#endif
#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
/**
@ -3584,7 +3627,9 @@
//
// Touch Screen Settings
//
//#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI)
#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#endif
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN)
#define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
#define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus

166
config/examples/Two Trees/Sapphire Plus/Sapphire Plus V2/Configuration_adv.h
View file

@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/Sapphire Plus/Sapphire Plus V2"
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
@ -339,8 +341,8 @@
* Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
*/
#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED && ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // (seconds)
#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // (°C)
/**
* As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
@ -473,11 +475,6 @@
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KF_LIST { DEFAULT_KF, DEFAULT_KF }
#endif
#endif
/**
@ -561,7 +558,7 @@
* Hotend Idle Timeout
* Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
*/
//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
@ -618,7 +615,7 @@
* gets it spinning reliably for a short time before setting the requested speed.
* (Does not work on Sanguinololu with FAN_SOFT_PWM.)
*/
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 // (ms)
#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 // (ms)
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_POWER 180 // 64-255
//#define FAN_KICKSTART_LINEAR // Set kickstart time linearly based on the speed, e.g., for 20% (51) it will be FAN_KICKSTART_TIME * 0.2.
// Useful for quick speed up to low speed. Kickstart power must be set to 255.
@ -638,8 +635,8 @@
*
* Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
*/
//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
#define FAN_MIN_PWM 64
#define FAN_MAX_PWM 255
/**
* Fan Fast PWM
@ -699,7 +696,7 @@
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
*/
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
@ -880,7 +877,7 @@
//#define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR // X2 direction signal is the opposite of X
//#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // X2 has its own endstop
#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
//#define X2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // X2 endstop pin override
#define X2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // X2 endstop pin override
#define X2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // X2 offset relative to X endstop
#endif
#endif
@ -889,7 +886,7 @@
//#define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR // Y2 direction signal is the opposite of Y
//#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS // Y2 has its own endstop
#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
//#define Y2_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Y2 endstop pin override
#define Y2_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Y2 endstop pin override
#define Y2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Y2 offset relative to Y endstop
#endif
#endif
@ -900,22 +897,24 @@
#ifdef Z2_DRIVER_TYPE
//#define INVERT_Z2_VS_Z_DIR // Z2 direction signal is the opposite of Z
//#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS // Other Z axes have their own endstops
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS // Other Z axes have their own endstops
#endif
#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
//#define Z2_STOP_PIN X_MAX_PIN // Z2 endstop pin override
#define Z2_STOP_PIN Z_MAX_PIN // Z2 endstop pin override
#define Z2_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z2 offset relative to Z endstop
#endif
#ifdef Z3_DRIVER_TYPE
//#define INVERT_Z3_VS_Z_DIR // Z3 direction signal is the opposite of Z
#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
//#define Z3_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Z3 endstop pin override
#define Z3_STOP_PIN Y_MAX_PIN // Z3 endstop pin override
#define Z3_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z3 offset relative to Z endstop
#endif
#endif
#ifdef Z4_DRIVER_TYPE
//#define INVERT_Z4_VS_Z_DIR // Z4 direction signal is the opposite of Z
#if ENABLED(Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS)
//#define Z4_STOP_PIN Z_MAX_PIN // Z4 endstop pin override
#define Z4_STOP_PIN Z_MAX_PIN // Z4 endstop pin override
#define Z4_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT 0 // Z4 offset relative to Z endstop
#endif
#endif
@ -949,7 +948,7 @@
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing
//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa
//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe).
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
@ -1038,7 +1037,9 @@
* Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
* Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
*/
//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
#endif
#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
/**
* Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3 [, Z4]]
@ -1046,7 +1047,7 @@
* If not defined, probe limits will be used.
* Override with 'M422 S<index> X<pos> Y<pos>'.
*/
//#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 190 }, { 100, 10 }, { 190, 190 } }
#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 20, 150 }, { 280, 150 } }
/**
* Orientation for the automatically-calculated probe positions.
@ -1068,7 +1069,7 @@
* | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 1 |
*/
#ifndef Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY
//#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0
#define Z_STEPPERS_ORIENTATION 0
#endif
/**
@ -1117,11 +1118,13 @@
*
* Add the G35 command to measure bed corners and help adjust screws. Requires a bed probe.
*/
//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING
#if ENABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_BLTOUCH)
#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING
#endif
#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING)
// Define from 3 to 9 points to probe.
#define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } }
#define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 45, 45 }, { 255, 45 }, { 255, 250 }, { 45, 250 } }
// Define position names for probe points.
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left"
@ -1130,9 +1133,9 @@
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left"
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
//#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first
#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first
//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu
#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu
//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment
@ -1145,7 +1148,7 @@
*
* :{'M3_CW':'M3 Clockwise','M3_CCW':'M3 Counter-Clockwise','M4_CW':'M4 Clockwise','M4_CCW':'M4 Counter-Clockwise','M5_CW':'M5 Clockwise','M5_CCW':'M5 Counter-Clockwise'}
*/
#define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD M3_CW
#define TRAMMING_SCREW_THREAD M4_CW
#endif
@ -1342,7 +1345,7 @@
// Increase the slowdown divisor for larger buffer sizes.
#define SLOWDOWN
#if ENABLED(SLOWDOWN)
#define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 2
#define SLOWDOWN_DIVISOR 6
#endif
/**
@ -1471,7 +1474,7 @@
* vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
* lowest stepping frequencies.
*/
//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
/**
* Custom Microstepping
@ -1582,14 +1585,14 @@
* - The difference is used to set the probe Z offset.
*/
#if HAS_BED_PROBE && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_MENU, HAS_TFT_LVGL_UI)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD
#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD
#if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD)
/**
* Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
* Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
* For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
*/
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0
#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -2.0
// Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER }
@ -1620,7 +1623,7 @@
#endif
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
//#define BUILD_INFO_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item to display the build date and time
@ -1646,7 +1649,7 @@
#define MANUAL_MOVE_DISTANCE_DEG 90, 45, 22.5, 5, 1 // (°)
// BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top
//#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM
// BACK menu items show "Back" instead of the previous menu name
//#define GENERIC_BACK_MENU_ITEM
@ -1672,7 +1675,7 @@
*/
#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN // Show the Marlin bootscreen on startup. ** ENABLE FOR PRODUCTION **
#if ENABLED(SHOW_BOOTSCREEN)
#define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 3000 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
#define BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 1500 // (ms) Total Duration to display the boot screen(s)
#if ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_U8GLIB, TFT_COLOR_UI)
#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving lots of flash)
#endif
@ -1688,7 +1691,7 @@
//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE // Show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
#endif
//#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM // Add a mute option to the LCD menu
#define SOUND_MENU_ITEM // Add a mute option to the LCD menu
#define SOUND_ON_DEFAULT // Buzzer/speaker default enabled state
#if ENABLED(U8GLIB_SSD1309)
@ -1857,7 +1860,7 @@
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
* point in the file.
*/
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
#define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power-Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
//#define PLR_HEAT_BED_ON_REBOOT // Heat up bed immediately on reboot to mitigate object detaching/warping.
@ -1911,36 +1914,32 @@
* - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
* - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
*/
//#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES)
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
#endif
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#endif
// Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
// LCD's font must contain the characters. Check your selected LCD language.
//#define UTF_FILENAME_SUPPORT
//#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT // Get the long filename of a file/folder with 'M33 <dosname>' and list long filenames with 'M20 L'
#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT // Get the long filename of a file/folder with 'M33 <dosname>' and list long filenames with 'M20 L'
//#define LONG_FILENAME_WRITE_SUPPORT // Create / delete files with long filenames via M28, M30, and Binary Transfer Protocol
//#define M20_TIMESTAMP_SUPPORT // Include timestamps by adding the 'T' flag to M20 commands
//#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES // Scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES // Scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
//#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!)
@ -1956,7 +1955,7 @@
//#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE // On print completion open the LCD Menu and select the same file
//#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS // Auto-report media status with 'M27 S<seconds>'
#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS // Auto-report media status with 'M27 S<seconds>'
/**
* Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
@ -2392,7 +2391,7 @@
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define EP_BABYSTEPPING // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
@ -2403,7 +2402,7 @@
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each Z babystep
#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 // (steps or mm) Steps or millimeter distance for each XY babystep
//#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
#if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
#define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // (ms) Maximum interval between clicks.
// Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
@ -2443,13 +2442,13 @@
*
* See https://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
*/
//#define LIN_ADVANCE
#define LIN_ADVANCE
#if ANY(LIN_ADVANCE, FT_MOTION)
#if ENABLED(DISTINCT_E_FACTORS)
#define ADVANCE_K { 0.22 } // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder. Override with 'M900 T<tool> K<mm>'.
#define ADVANCE_K { 0.0 } // (mm) Compression length per 1mm/s extruder speed, per extruder. Override with 'M900 T<tool> K<mm>'.
#else
#define ADVANCE_K 0.22 // (mm) Compression length for all extruders. Override with 'M900 K<mm>'.
#define ADVANCE_K 0.0 // (mm) Compression length for all extruders. Override with 'M900 K<mm>'.
#endif
//#define ADVANCE_K_EXTRA // Add a second linear advance constant, configurable with 'M900 L'.
#endif
@ -2664,7 +2663,7 @@
#endif
// G5 Bézier Curve Support with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets
//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT // Requires ~2666 bytes
#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT // Requires ~2666 bytes
#if ANY(ARC_SUPPORT, BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT)
//#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3/G5 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
@ -2759,7 +2758,7 @@
#if ALL(HAS_MEDIA, DIRECT_STEPPING)
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8
#elif HAS_MEDIA
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32
#else
#define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16
#endif
@ -2768,7 +2767,7 @@
// The ASCII buffer for serial input
#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
#define BUFSIZE 4
#define BUFSIZE 32
/**
* Host Transmit Buffer Size
@ -2787,12 +2786,12 @@
* To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
* :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
*/
//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 2048
#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
// Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
// the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
//#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
#endif
#if HAS_MEDIA
@ -2819,7 +2818,7 @@
* Currently handles M108, M112, M410, M876
* NOTE: Not yet implemented for all platforms.
*/
//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
/**
* Realtime Reporting (requires EMERGENCY_PARSER)
@ -2850,7 +2849,7 @@
//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // (ms)
// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
//#define ADVANCED_OK
#define ADVANCED_OK
// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
@ -3052,28 +3051,29 @@
*
* Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.
*/
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if DISABLED(SAPPHIRE_PLUS_MKS_UI)
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#endif
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
// This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 9 // (mm) Initial retract.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 950 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
// Set to 0 for manual unloading.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
// 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 15 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 920 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
// For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
// For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
// Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
// Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
// until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
@ -3081,21 +3081,21 @@
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused.
// Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_RETRACT 9 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_FEEDRATE 25 // (mm/s) feedrate to purge before unload
#define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
#define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.
//#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#define CONFIGURE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Add M603 G-code and menu items. Requires ~1.3K bytes of flash.
#endif
@ -3482,7 +3482,7 @@
* Define your own with:
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
*/
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below)
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V // All axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below)
@ -4074,7 +4074,7 @@
/**
* Extra options for the M114 "Current Position" report
*/
//#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114 D' for details to check planner calculations
#define M114_DETAIL // Use 'M114 D' for details to check planner calculations
//#define M114_REALTIME // Real current position based on forward kinematics
//#define M114_LEGACY // M114 used to synchronize on every call. Enable if needed.

188
config/examples/Two Trees/Sapphire Pro/Configuration.h
View file

@ -21,6 +21,12 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/Sapphire Pro"
//#define SPRO_INVERTED_E // Enable if the extruder runs the wrong way
//#define SPRO_TMC2209 // Enable for the TMC2209 driver version
//#define SPRO_BLTOUCH // Enable if you want to use BLTOUCH
/**
* Configuration.h
*
@ -61,14 +67,14 @@
// @section info
// Author info of this build printed to the host during boot and M115
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(MarlinFirmware)" // Original author or contributor.
#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(ils15, default config)" // Original author or contributor.
//#define CUSTOM_VERSION_FILE Version.h // Path from the root directory (no quotes)
// @section machine
// Choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_ROBIN_NANO
#endif
// @section serial
@ -81,7 +87,7 @@
*
* :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
#define SERIAL_PORT 0
#define SERIAL_PORT 3
/**
* Serial Port Baud Rate
@ -103,7 +109,7 @@
* Currently Ethernet (-2) is only supported on Teensy 4.1 boards.
* :[-2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]
*/
//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
#define SERIAL_PORT_2 1
//#define BAUDRATE_2 250000 // :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000] Enable to override BAUDRATE
/**
@ -135,7 +141,7 @@
//#define BLUETOOTH
// Name displayed in the LCD "Ready" message and Info menu
//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Sapphire Pro"
//#define CONFIGURABLE_MACHINE_NAME // Add G-code M550 to set/report the machine name
// Printer's unique ID, used by some programs to differentiate between machines.
@ -159,9 +165,15 @@
* TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE, TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
* :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC2209', 'TMC2209_STANDALONE', 'TMC2240', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
*/
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#if ENABLED(SPRO_TMC2209)
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#else
#define X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE
#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208_STANDALONE
#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#endif
//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -173,7 +185,11 @@
//#define U_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define V_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define W_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#if ENABLED(SPRO_TMC2209)
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2209_STANDALONE
#else
#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
#endif
//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
@ -728,13 +744,13 @@
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 22.20, 22.20 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 1.08, 1.08 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 114.00, 114.00 }
#define DEFAULT_KP_LIST { 8.16, 8.16 }
#define DEFAULT_KI_LIST { 0.37, 0.37 }
#define DEFAULT_KD_LIST { 44.46, 44.46 }
#else
#define DEFAULT_KP 22.20
#define DEFAULT_KI 1.08
#define DEFAULT_KD 114.00
#define DEFAULT_KP 8.16
#define DEFAULT_KI 0.37
#define DEFAULT_KD 44.46
#endif
#else
#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limit hotend current while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
@ -823,18 +839,17 @@
*
* With this option disabled, bang-bang will be used. BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING enables hysteresis.
*/
//#define PIDTEMPBED
#define PIDTEMPBED
#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
//#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 // Min power to improve PID stability (0..MAX_BED_POWER).
// Get the power from the temperature report ('M105' => B@:nnn) and try P*2-20 to P*2-10.
//#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Print Bed PID debug data to the serial port. Use 'M303 D' to enable/disable.
// 120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
// from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 10.00
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 0.023
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 305.4
// Sapphire Pro
#define DEFAULT_BED_KP 83.36
#define DEFAULT_BED_KI 16.25
#define DEFAULT_BED_KD 285.12
// FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
#else
@ -931,8 +946,8 @@
#define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 20 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
// is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
//#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
//#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of flash)
#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of flash)
#endif
// @section safety
@ -952,7 +967,7 @@
* Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
*/
#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 900
//===========================================================================
//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
@ -984,7 +999,7 @@
// Enable one of the options below for CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics,
// either in the usual order or reversed
//#define COREXY
#define COREXY
//#define COREXZ
//#define COREYZ
//#define COREYX
@ -1277,12 +1292,12 @@
* Endstop "Hit" State
* Set to the state (HIGH or LOW) that applies to each endstop.
*/
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE LOW
#define I_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define I_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define J_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
@ -1295,7 +1310,7 @@
#define V_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define W_MIN_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define W_MAX_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE HIGH
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_HIT_STATE TERN(SPRO_BLTOUCH, HIGH, LOW)
// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
@ -1343,7 +1358,7 @@
* Override with M92 (when enabled below)
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 500 }
#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 1600, 415 }
/**
* Enable support for M92. Disable to save at least ~530 bytes of flash.
@ -1355,7 +1370,7 @@
* Override with M203
* X, Y, Z [, I [, J [, K...]]], E0 [, E1[, E2...]]
*/
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 10, 50 }
//#define LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING // Limit edit via M203 or LCD to DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE * 2
#if ENABLED(LIMITED_MAX_FR_EDITING)
@ -1383,9 +1398,9 @@
* M204 R Retract Acceleration
* M204 T Travel Acceleration
*/
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts
#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 2500 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
/**
* Default Jerk limits (mm/s)
@ -1424,7 +1439,7 @@
* https://blog.kyneticcnc.com/2018/10/computing-junction-deviation-for-marlin.html
*/
#if DISABLED(CLASSIC_JERK)
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.013 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.04 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
#define JD_HANDLE_SMALL_SEGMENTS // Use curvature estimation instead of just the junction angle
// for small segments (< 1mm) with large junction angles (> 135°).
#endif
@ -1437,7 +1452,7 @@
*
* See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
*/
//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
#if ENABLED(S_CURVE_ACCELERATION)
// Define to use 4th instead of 6th order motion curve
//#define S_CURVE_FACTOR 0.25 // Initial and final acceleration factor, ideally 0.1 to 0.4.
@ -1458,7 +1473,9 @@
* The probe replaces the Z-MIN endstop and is used for Z homing.
* (Automatically enables USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING.)
*/
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
#if ENABLED(SPRO_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
#endif
// Force the use of the probe for Z-axis homing
//#define USE_PROBE_FOR_Z_HOMING
@ -1518,7 +1535,9 @@
/**
* The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
*/
//#define BLTOUCH
#if ENABLED(SPRO_BLTOUCH)
#define BLTOUCH
#endif
/**
* MagLev V4 probe by MDD
@ -1707,7 +1726,7 @@
* | [-] |
* O-- FRONT --+
*/
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 10, 10, 0 } // (mm) X, Y, Z distance from Nozzle tip to Probe trigger-point
#define NOZZLE_TO_PROBE_OFFSET { 0, -42, 0 } // (mm) X, Y, Z distance from Nozzle tip to Probe trigger-point
// Enable and set to use a specific tool for probing. Disable to allow any tool.
#define PROBING_TOOL 0
@ -1777,7 +1796,7 @@
* A total of 2 does fast/slow probes with a weighted average.
* A total of 3 or more adds more slow probes, taking the average.
*/
//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
//#define EXTRA_PROBING 1
/**
@ -1878,9 +1897,13 @@
// @section stepper drivers
// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
#define INVERT_X_DIR false
#define INVERT_X_DIR true
#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
#if ENABLED(SPRO_TMC2209)
#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
#else
#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
#endif
//#define INVERT_I_DIR false
//#define INVERT_J_DIR false
//#define INVERT_K_DIR false
@ -1889,7 +1912,11 @@
//#define INVERT_W_DIR false
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#if ENABLED(SPRO_INVERTED_E) && DISABLED(SPRO_TMC2209)
#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
#else
#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
#endif
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
@ -1910,7 +1937,7 @@
*/
//#define Z_IDLE_HEIGHT Z_HOME_POS
//#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
#define Z_CLEARANCE_FOR_HOMING 10 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
// You'll need this much clearance above Z_MAX_POS to avoid grinding.
//#define Z_AFTER_HOMING 10 // (mm) Height to move to after homing (if Z was homed)
@ -1921,7 +1948,7 @@
// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
// :[-1,1]
#define X_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
//#define I_HOME_DIR -1
//#define J_HOME_DIR -1
@ -1948,8 +1975,8 @@
// @section geometry
// The size of the printable area
#define X_BED_SIZE 200
#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
#define X_BED_SIZE 235
#define Y_BED_SIZE 235
// Travel limits (linear=mm, rotational=°) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
#define X_MIN_POS 0
@ -1957,7 +1984,7 @@
#define Z_MIN_POS 0
#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
#define Z_MAX_POS 200
#define Z_MAX_POS 235
//#define I_MIN_POS 0
//#define I_MAX_POS 50
//#define J_MIN_POS 0
@ -2027,7 +2054,7 @@
* RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
* For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
*/
//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
#define FIL_RUNOUT_ENABLED_DEFAULT true // Enable the sensor on startup. Override with M412 followed by M500.
#define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
@ -2173,9 +2200,12 @@
*/
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(SPRO_BLTOUCH)
#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
#else
#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
#endif
/**
* Commands to execute at the start of G29 probing,
@ -2194,7 +2224,7 @@
* these options to restore the prior leveling state or to always enable
* leveling immediately after G28.
*/
//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
//#define ENABLE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
/**
@ -2272,13 +2302,13 @@
// Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
// Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
//#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
//
// Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
// Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
//
//#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
#if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
// Number of subdivisions between probe points
#define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
@ -2348,22 +2378,22 @@
* Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
* Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
*/
//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
#define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
#define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
//#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
#endif
// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
//#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#define LCD_BED_TRAMMING
#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_TRAMMING)
#define BED_TRAMMING_INSET_LFRB { 30, 30, 30, 30 } // (mm) Left, Front, Right, Back insets
#define BED_TRAMMING_HEIGHT 0.0 // (mm) Z height of nozzle at tramming points
#define BED_TRAMMING_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Z raise between tramming points
//#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
#define BED_TRAMMING_INCLUDE_CENTER // Move to the center after the last corner
//#define BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE
#if ENABLED(BED_TRAMMING_USE_PROBE)
#define BED_TRAMMING_PROBE_TOLERANCE 0.1 // (mm)
@ -2415,7 +2445,9 @@
* - Allows Z homing only when XY positions are known and trusted.
* - If stepper drivers sleep, XY homing may be required again before Z homing.
*/
//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#if ENABLED(SPRO_BLTOUCH)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
#endif
#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT X_CENTER // (mm) X point for Z homing
@ -2505,7 +2537,7 @@
* M501 - Read settings from EEPROM. (i.e., Throw away unsaved changes)
* M502 - Revert settings to "factory" defaults. (Follow with M500 to init the EEPROM.)
*/
//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Persistent storage with M500 and M501
//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of flash. Disable for release!
#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save flash.
#define EEPROM_BOOT_SILENT // Keep M503 quiet and only give errors during first load
@ -2544,14 +2576,14 @@
// Preheat Constants - Up to 10 are supported without changes
//
#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65
#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100
#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_CHAMBER 35
#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
@ -2568,7 +2600,7 @@
* P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
* P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
*/
//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
// Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z_raise }
@ -2704,7 +2736,7 @@
*
* View the current statistics with M78.
*/
//#define PRINTCOUNTER
#define PRINTCOUNTER
#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
#define PRINTCOUNTER_SAVE_INTERVAL 60 // (minutes) EEPROM save interval during print. A value of 0 will save stats at end of print.
#endif
@ -2750,7 +2782,7 @@
* SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
* you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
*/
//#define SDSUPPORT
#define SDSUPPORT
/**
* SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
@ -2877,7 +2909,7 @@
//
// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
//
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_SUBMENU
//
@ -3438,7 +3470,7 @@
// 480x320, 3.5", FSMC Display From MKS
// Usually paired with MKS Robin Nano V1.2
//
//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT35
//
// 480x272, 4.3", FSMC Display From MKS
@ -3518,7 +3550,7 @@
* root of your SD card, together with the compiled firmware.
*/
//#define TFT_CLASSIC_UI
//#define TFT_COLOR_UI
#define TFT_COLOR_UI
//#define TFT_LVGL_UI
#if ENABLED(TFT_COLOR_UI)
@ -3561,7 +3593,7 @@
*
* :{ 'TFT_NO_ROTATION':'None', 'TFT_ROTATE_90':'90°', 'TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_X':'90° (Mirror X)', 'TFT_ROTATE_90_MIRROR_Y':'90° (Mirror Y)', 'TFT_ROTATE_180':'180°', 'TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_X':'180° (Mirror X)', 'TFT_ROTATE_180_MIRROR_Y':'180° (Mirror Y)', 'TFT_ROTATE_270':'270°', 'TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_X':'270° (Mirror X)', 'TFT_ROTATE_270_MIRROR_Y':'270° (Mirror Y)', 'TFT_MIRROR_X':'Mirror X', 'TFT_MIRROR_Y':'Mirror Y' }
*/
//#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION
#define TFT_ROTATION TFT_NO_ROTATION
//=============================================================================
//============================ Other Controllers ============================
@ -3584,7 +3616,7 @@
//
// Touch Screen Settings
//
//#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#define TOUCH_SCREEN
#if ENABLED(TOUCH_SCREEN)
#define BUTTON_DELAY_EDIT 50 // (ms) Button repeat delay for edit screens
#define BUTTON_DELAY_MENU 250 // (ms) Button repeat delay for menus
@ -3595,10 +3627,10 @@
#define TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION
//#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 12316
//#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -8981
//#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -43
//#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 257
#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_X 17880
#define TOUCH_CALIBRATION_Y -12234
#define TOUCH_OFFSET_X -45
#define TOUCH_OFFSET_Y 349
//#define TOUCH_ORIENTATION TOUCH_LANDSCAPE
#if ALL(TOUCH_SCREEN_CALIBRATION, EEPROM_SETTINGS)

80
config/examples/Two Trees/Sapphire Pro/Configuration_adv.h
View file

@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
*/
#pragma once
#define CONFIG_EXAMPLES_DIR "Two Trees/Sapphire Pro"
/**
* Configuration_adv.h
*
@ -332,7 +334,7 @@
* below 2.
*/
#define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // (seconds)
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // (°C)
#define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 4 // (°C)
#endif
/**
@ -473,11 +475,6 @@
#define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING
#endif
#endif
#if ENABLED(PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND)
// Specify up to one value per hotend here, according to your setup.
// If there are fewer values, the last one applies to the remaining hotends.
#define DEFAULT_KF_LIST { DEFAULT_KF, DEFAULT_KF }
#endif
#endif
/**
@ -561,9 +558,9 @@
* Hotend Idle Timeout
* Prevent filament in the nozzle from charring and causing a critical jam.
*/
//#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT
#if ENABLED(HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT)
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (5*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_TIMEOUT_SEC (15*60) // (seconds) Time without extruder movement to trigger protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_MIN_TRIGGER 180 // (°C) Minimum temperature to enable hotend protection
#define HOTEND_IDLE_NOZZLE_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the nozzle after timeout
#define HOTEND_IDLE_BED_TARGET 0 // (°C) Safe temperature for the bed after timeout
@ -699,7 +696,7 @@
* Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
* the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
*/
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN PB0
#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
@ -949,7 +946,7 @@
//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_POST_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (linear=mm, rotational=°) Backoff from endstops after homing
//#define XY_COUNTERPART_BACKOFF_MM 0 // (mm) Backoff X after homing Y, and vice-versa
//#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
#define QUICK_HOME // If G28 contains XY do a diagonal move first
//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X // If G28 contains XY home Y before X
//#define HOME_Z_FIRST // Home Z first. Requires a real endstop (not a probe).
//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING // If X/Y can't home without homing Y/X first
@ -1121,7 +1118,7 @@
#if ENABLED(ASSISTED_TRAMMING)
// Define from 3 to 9 points to probe.
#define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 20 }, { 180, 20 }, { 180, 180 }, { 20, 180 } }
#define TRAMMING_POINT_XY { { 20, 15 }, { 200, 15 }, { 200, 175 }, { 20, 175 } }
// Define position names for probe points.
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_1 "Front-Left"
@ -1130,9 +1127,9 @@
#define TRAMMING_POINT_NAME_4 "Back-Left"
#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G35 // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
//#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first
#define REPORT_TRAMMING_MM // Report Z deviation (mm) for each point relative to the first
//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu
#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WIZARD // Add a Tramming Wizard to the LCD menu
//#define ASSISTED_TRAMMING_WAIT_POSITION { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER, 30 } // Move the nozzle out of the way for adjustment
@ -1550,7 +1547,7 @@
#if HAS_MANUAL_MOVE_MENU
#define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // (mm/min) Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
#define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines
#define FINE_MANUAL_MOVE 0.001 // (mm) Smallest manual move (< 0.1mm) applying to Z on most machines
#if IS_ULTIPANEL
#define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position"
#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen
@ -1582,17 +1579,17 @@
* - The difference is used to set the probe Z offset.
*/
#if HAS_BED_PROBE && ANY(HAS_MARLINUI_MENU, HAS_TFT_LVGL_UI)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD
#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD
#if ENABLED(PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD)
/**
* Enable to init the Probe Z-Offset when starting the Wizard.
* Use a height slightly above the estimated nozzle-to-probe Z offset.
* For example, with an offset of -5, consider a starting height of -4.
*/
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -4.0
#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_START_Z -2.0
// Set a convenient position to do the calibration (probing point and nozzle/bed-distance)
//#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS { X_CENTER, Y_CENTER }
#define PROBE_OFFSET_WIZARD_XY_POS XY_CENTER
#endif
#endif
@ -1620,7 +1617,7 @@
#endif
// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#define LCD_INFO_MENU
#if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU)
//#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages
//#define BUILD_INFO_MENU_ITEM // Add a menu item to display the build date and time
@ -1857,7 +1854,7 @@
* an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
* point in the file.
*/
//#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
#if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
#define PLR_ENABLED_DEFAULT false // Power-Loss Recovery enabled by default. (Set with 'M413 Sn' & M500)
//#define PLR_HEAT_BED_ON_REBOOT // Heat up bed immediately on reboot to mitigate object detaching/warping.
@ -1915,21 +1912,17 @@
// SD Card Sorting options
#if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_USES_RAM)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#if ENABLED(SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES)
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#endif
#endif
#define SDSORT_REVERSE false // Default to sorting file names in reverse order.
#define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
#define SDSORT_FOLDERS -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
#define SDSORT_GCODE false // Enable G-code M34 to set sorting behaviors: M34 S<-1|0|1> F<-1|0|1>
#define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
#define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
#define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
#define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
#define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
// Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
#define SDSORT_QUICK true // Use Quick Sort as a sorting algorithm. Otherwise use Bubble Sort.
#endif
// Allow international symbols in long filenames. To display correctly, the
@ -2392,7 +2385,7 @@
*
* Warning: Does not respect endstops!
*/
//#define BABYSTEPPING
#define BABYSTEPPING
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
//#define EP_BABYSTEPPING // M293/M294 babystepping with EMERGENCY_PARSER support
//#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING
@ -2415,8 +2408,9 @@
//#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28
//#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
//#define BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z // Combine M424 Z and Babystepping
#if ENABLED(SPRO_BLTOUCH)
#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
#endif
#if ANY(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET, BABYSTEP_GLOBAL_Z)
#if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
@ -3052,7 +3046,7 @@
*
* Enable PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE to add the G-code M125 Pause and Park.
*/
//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
#define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
@ -3092,10 +3086,10 @@
//#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_RESUME_ON_INSERT // Automatically continue / load filament when runout sensor is triggered again.
//#define PAUSE_REHEAT_FAST_RESUME // Reduce number of waits by not prompting again post-timeout before continuing.
//#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
//#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // If needed, home before parking for filament change
//#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
//#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
#define CONFIGURE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Add M603 G-code and menu items. Requires ~1.3K bytes of flash.
#endif
@ -3482,7 +3476,7 @@
* Define your own with:
* { <off_time[1..15]>, <hysteresis_end[-3..12]>, hysteresis_start[1..8] }
*/
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V // All axes (override below)
#define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V // All axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X CHOPPER_TIMING // For X Axes (override below)
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_X2 CHOPPER_TIMING_X
//#define CHOPPER_TIMING_Y CHOPPER_TIMING // For Y Axes (override below)
@ -3536,7 +3530,7 @@
* STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
* M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
*/
//#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
#define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
#define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
@ -3552,7 +3546,7 @@
#define U_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 // [mm/s]
#define V_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define W_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 50
#define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
#define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30